2015-10-21 05:03:22 +02:00
|
|
|
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|
|
|
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
|
|
|
|
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
|
|
|
|
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
|
|
|
|
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
|
|
|
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
|
|
|
|
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
|
|
|
|
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
|
|
|
|
* License.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
|
|
|
|
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
|
|
|
|
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
|
|
|
|
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Contributor(s):
|
|
|
|
* Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
|
|
|
|
* Daniel Glazman <glazman@netscape.com>
|
|
|
|
* Roger B. Sidje <rbs@maths.uq.edu.au>
|
|
|
|
* Mats Palmgren <mats.palmgren@bredband.net>
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
|
|
|
|
* either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
|
|
|
|
* or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
|
|
|
|
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
|
|
|
|
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
|
|
|
|
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
|
|
|
|
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
|
|
|
|
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
|
|
|
|
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
|
|
|
|
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
|
|
|
|
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "nsRuleNode.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nscore.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIDeviceContext.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsILookAndFeel.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIFontMetrics.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIDocShellTreeItem.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleUtil.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsITheme.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "pldhash.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleContext.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleSet.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsSize.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsRuleData.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsILanguageAtomService.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIStyleRule.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* For storage of an |nsRuleNode|'s children in a linked list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nsRuleList {
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* mRuleNode;
|
|
|
|
nsRuleList* mNext;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
nsRuleList(nsRuleNode* aNode, nsRuleList* aNext= nsnull) {
|
|
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsRuleList);
|
|
|
|
mRuleNode = aNode;
|
|
|
|
mNext = aNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
~nsRuleList() {
|
|
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsRuleList);
|
|
|
|
mRuleNode->Destroy();
|
|
|
|
if (mNext)
|
|
|
|
mNext->Destroy(mNext->mRuleNode->mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void* operator new(size_t sz, nsPresContext* aContext) CPP_THROW_NEW {
|
|
|
|
return aContext->AllocateFromShell(sz);
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void operator delete(void* aPtr) {} // Does nothing. The arena will free us up when the rule tree
|
|
|
|
// dies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Destroy(nsPresContext* aContext) {
|
|
|
|
this->~nsRuleList();
|
|
|
|
aContext->FreeToShell(sizeof(nsRuleList), this);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Destroy this node, but not its rule node or the rest of the list.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleList* DestroySelf(nsPresContext* aContext) {
|
|
|
|
nsRuleList *next = mNext;
|
|
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsRuleList); // hack
|
|
|
|
aContext->FreeToShell(sizeof(nsRuleList), this);
|
|
|
|
return next;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* For storage of an |nsRuleNode|'s children in a PLDHashTable.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ChildrenHashEntry : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
|
|
|
|
// key (the rule) is |mRuleNode->GetRule()|
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode *mRuleNode;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(const void *)
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashGetKey(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = NS_STATIC_CAST(ChildrenHashEntry*, hdr);
|
|
|
|
return entry->mRuleNode->GetRule();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PRBool)
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashMatchEntry(PLDHashTable *table, const PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
|
|
|
|
const void *key)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const ChildrenHashEntry *entry =
|
|
|
|
NS_STATIC_CAST(const ChildrenHashEntry*, hdr);
|
|
|
|
return entry->mRuleNode->GetRule() == key;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static PLDHashTableOps ChildrenHashOps = {
|
|
|
|
// It's probably better to allocate the table itself using malloc and
|
|
|
|
// free rather than the pres shell's arena because the table doesn't
|
|
|
|
// grow very often and the pres shell's arena doesn't recycle very
|
|
|
|
// large size allocations.
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashAllocTable,
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashFreeTable,
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashGetKey,
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashVoidPtrKeyStub,
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashMatchEntry,
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashMoveEntryStub,
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashClearEntryStub,
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashFinalizeStub,
|
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// EnsureBlockDisplay:
|
|
|
|
// - if the display value (argument) is not a block-type
|
|
|
|
// then we set it to a valid block display value
|
|
|
|
// - For enforcing the floated/positioned element CSS2 rules
|
|
|
|
static void EnsureBlockDisplay(PRUint8& display)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// see if the display value is already a block
|
|
|
|
switch (display) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE :
|
|
|
|
// never change display:none *ever*
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE :
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK :
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_LIST_ITEM :
|
|
|
|
// do not muck with these at all - already blocks
|
|
|
|
// This is equivalent to nsStyleDisplay::IsBlockLevel. (XXX Maybe we
|
|
|
|
// should just call that?)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE_TABLE :
|
|
|
|
// make inline tables into tables
|
|
|
|
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default :
|
|
|
|
// make it a block
|
|
|
|
display = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// XXX This should really be done in the CSS parser.
|
|
|
|
nsString& Unquote(nsString& aString)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PRUnichar start = aString.First();
|
|
|
|
PRUnichar end = aString.Last();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((start == end) &&
|
|
|
|
((start == PRUnichar('\"')) ||
|
|
|
|
(start == PRUnichar('\'')))) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 length = aString.Length();
|
|
|
|
aString.Truncate(length - 1);
|
|
|
|
aString.Cut(0, 1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aString;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nscoord CalcLength(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
|
|
const nsFont* aFont,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
PRBool& aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aValue.IsLengthUnit(), "not a length unit");
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.IsFixedLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
return aValue.GetLengthTwips();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = aValue.GetUnit();
|
|
|
|
if (unit == eCSSUnit_Pixel) {
|
|
|
|
return NSFloatPixelsToTwips(aValue.GetFloatValue(),
|
|
|
|
aPresContext->ScaledPixelsToTwips());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Common code for all units other than pixels:
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
const nsFont* font;
|
|
|
|
if (aStyleContext) {
|
|
|
|
font = &aStyleContext->GetStyleFont()->mFont;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
font = aFont;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (unit) {
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_EM:
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Char: {
|
|
|
|
return NSToCoordRound(aValue.GetFloatValue() * (float)font->size);
|
|
|
|
// XXX scale against font metrics height instead?
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_EN: {
|
|
|
|
return NSToCoordRound((aValue.GetFloatValue() * (float)font->size) / 2.0f);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_XHeight: {
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFontMetrics> fm = aPresContext->GetMetricsFor(*font);
|
|
|
|
nscoord xHeight;
|
|
|
|
fm->GetXHeight(xHeight);
|
|
|
|
return NSToCoordRound(aValue.GetFloatValue() * (float)xHeight);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_CapHeight: {
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("cap height unit");
|
|
|
|
nscoord capHeight = ((font->size / 3) * 2); // XXX HACK!
|
|
|
|
return NSToCoordRound(aValue.GetFloatValue() * (float)capHeight);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected unit");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_NORMAL 0x01 // N
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_AUTO 0x02 // A
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INHERIT 0x04 // H
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_PERCENT 0x08 // P
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_FACTOR 0x10 // F
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LENGTH 0x20 // L
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_INTEGER 0x40 // I
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_ENUMERATED 0x80 // E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LP (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_PERCENT)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LH (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_AH (SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LAH (SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPAH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_AH)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LPEH (SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LE (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LEH (SETCOORD_LE | SETCOORD_INHERIT)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_IA (SETCOORD_INTEGER | SETCOORD_AUTO)
|
|
|
|
#define SETCOORD_LAE (SETCOORD_LENGTH | SETCOORD_AUTO | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static PRBool SetCoord(const nsCSSValue& aValue, nsStyleCoord& aCoord,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aParentCoord,
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 aMask, nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext, PRBool& aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PRBool result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
|
|
result = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_LENGTH) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Char)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetIntValue(NSToIntFloor(aValue.GetFloatValue()), eStyleUnit_Chars);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_LENGTH) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
aValue.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetCoordValue(CalcLength(aValue, nsnull, aStyleContext, aPresContext, aInherited));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_PERCENT) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetPercentValue(aValue.GetPercentValue());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INTEGER) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue(), eStyleUnit_Integer);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_ENUMERATED) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue(), eStyleUnit_Enumerated);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_AUTO) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetAutoValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_INHERIT) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord = aParentCoord; // just inherit value from parent
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_NORMAL) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Normal)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetNormalValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (((aMask & SETCOORD_FACTOR) != 0) &&
|
|
|
|
(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number)) {
|
|
|
|
aCoord.SetFactorValue(aValue.GetFloatValue());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
result = PR_FALSE; // didn't set anything
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static PRBool SetColor(const nsCSSValue& aValue, const nscolor aParentColor,
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext *aContext,
|
|
|
|
nscolor& aResult, PRBool& aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PRBool result = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = aValue.GetUnit();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Color == unit) {
|
|
|
|
aResult = aValue.GetColorValue();
|
|
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_String == unit) {
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString value;
|
|
|
|
aValue.GetStringValue(value);
|
|
|
|
nscolor rgba;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_ColorNameToRGB(value, &rgba)) {
|
|
|
|
aResult = rgba;
|
|
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Integer == unit) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
if (0 <= intValue) {
|
|
|
|
nsILookAndFeel* look = aPresContext->LookAndFeel();
|
|
|
|
nsILookAndFeel::nsColorID colorID = (nsILookAndFeel::nsColorID) intValue;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(look->GetColor(colorID, aResult))) {
|
|
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
switch (intValue) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_HYPERLINKTEXT:
|
|
|
|
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultLinkColor();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_VISITEDHYPERLINKTEXT:
|
|
|
|
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultVisitedLinkColor();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_COLOR_MOZ_ACTIVEHYPERLINKTEXT:
|
|
|
|
aResult = aPresContext->DefaultActiveLinkColor();
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR:
|
|
|
|
// The data computed from this can't be shared in the rule tree
|
|
|
|
// because they could be used on a node with a different color
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aResult = aContext->GetStyleColor()->mColor;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("Should never have an unknown negative colorID.");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
|
|
|
|
aResult = aParentColor;
|
|
|
|
result = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overloaded new operator. Initializes the memory to 0 and relies on an arena
|
|
|
|
// (which comes from the presShell) to perform the allocation.
|
|
|
|
void*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::operator new(size_t sz, nsPresContext* aPresContext) CPP_THROW_NEW
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Check the recycle list first.
|
|
|
|
return aPresContext->AllocateFromShell(sz);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridden to prevent the global delete from being called, since the memory
|
|
|
|
// came out of an nsIArena instead of the global delete operator's heap.
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::Destroy()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Destroy ourselves.
|
|
|
|
this->~nsRuleNode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Don't let the memory be freed, since it will be recycled
|
|
|
|
// instead. Don't call the global operator delete.
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->FreeToShell(sizeof(nsRuleNode), this);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* nsRuleNode::CreateRootNode(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return new (aPresContext) nsRuleNode(aPresContext, nsnull, nsnull);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsILanguageAtomService* nsRuleNode::gLangService = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::nsRuleNode(nsPresContext* aContext, nsIStyleRule* aRule, nsRuleNode* aParent)
|
|
|
|
: mPresContext(aContext),
|
|
|
|
mParent(aParent),
|
|
|
|
mRule(aRule),
|
|
|
|
mChildrenTaggedPtr(nsnull),
|
|
|
|
mDependentBits(0),
|
|
|
|
mNoneBits(0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsRuleNode);
|
|
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(mRule);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PLDHashOperator)
|
|
|
|
DeleteRuleNodeChildren(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 number, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = NS_STATIC_CAST(ChildrenHashEntry*, hdr);
|
|
|
|
entry->mRuleNode->Destroy();
|
|
|
|
return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::~nsRuleNode()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsRuleNode);
|
|
|
|
if (mStyleData.mResetData || mStyleData.mInheritedData)
|
|
|
|
mStyleData.Destroy(0, mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
|
|
PLDHashTable *children = ChildrenHash();
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashTableEnumerate(children, DeleteRuleNodeChildren, nsnull);
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashTableDestroy(children);
|
|
|
|
} else if (HaveChildren())
|
|
|
|
ChildrenList()->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
NS_IF_RELEASE(mRule);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::Transition(nsIStyleRule* aRule, nsRuleNode** aResult)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* next = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (HaveChildren() && !ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 numKids = 0;
|
|
|
|
nsRuleList* curr = ChildrenList();
|
|
|
|
while (curr && curr->mRuleNode->mRule != aRule) {
|
|
|
|
curr = curr->mNext;
|
|
|
|
++numKids;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curr)
|
|
|
|
next = curr->mRuleNode;
|
|
|
|
else if (numKids >= kMaxChildrenInList)
|
|
|
|
ConvertChildrenToHash();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = NS_STATIC_CAST(ChildrenHashEntry*,
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashTableOperate(ChildrenHash(), aRule, PL_DHASH_ADD));
|
|
|
|
if (entry->mRuleNode)
|
|
|
|
next = entry->mRuleNode;
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
next = entry->mRuleNode =
|
|
|
|
new (mPresContext) nsRuleNode(mPresContext, aRule, this);
|
|
|
|
if (!next) {
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashTableRawRemove(ChildrenHash(), entry);
|
|
|
|
*aResult = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if (!next) {
|
|
|
|
// Create the new entry in our list.
|
|
|
|
next = new (mPresContext) nsRuleNode(mPresContext, aRule, this);
|
|
|
|
if (!next) {
|
|
|
|
*aResult = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRuleList* newChildrenList = new (mPresContext) nsRuleList(next, ChildrenList());
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!newChildrenList)) {
|
|
|
|
next->Destroy();
|
|
|
|
*aResult = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetChildrenList(newChildrenList);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*aResult = next;
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ConvertChildrenToHash()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!ChildrenAreHashed() && HaveChildren(),
|
|
|
|
"must have a non-empty list of children");
|
|
|
|
PLDHashTable *hash = PL_NewDHashTable(&ChildrenHashOps, nsnull,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(ChildrenHashEntry),
|
|
|
|
kMaxChildrenInList * 4);
|
|
|
|
if (!hash)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (nsRuleList* curr = ChildrenList(); curr;
|
|
|
|
curr = curr->DestroySelf(mPresContext)) {
|
|
|
|
// This will never fail because of the initial size we gave the table.
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = NS_STATIC_CAST(ChildrenHashEntry*,
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashTableOperate(hash, curr->mRuleNode->mRule, PL_DHASH_ADD));
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!entry->mRuleNode, "duplicate entries in list");
|
|
|
|
entry->mRuleNode = curr->mRuleNode;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetChildrenHash(hash);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PLDHashOperator)
|
|
|
|
ClearStyleDataHelper(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 number, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = NS_STATIC_CAST(ChildrenHashEntry*, hdr);
|
|
|
|
entry->mRuleNode->ClearStyleData();
|
|
|
|
return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ClearStyleData()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Blow away all data stored at this node.
|
|
|
|
if (mStyleData.mResetData || mStyleData.mInheritedData)
|
|
|
|
mStyleData.Destroy(0, mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mNoneBits &= ~NS_STYLE_INHERIT_MASK;
|
|
|
|
mDependentBits &= ~NS_STYLE_INHERIT_MASK;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ChildrenAreHashed())
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashTableEnumerate(ChildrenHash(),
|
|
|
|
ClearStyleDataHelper, nsnull);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
for (nsRuleList* curr = ChildrenList(); curr; curr = curr->mNext)
|
|
|
|
curr->mRuleNode->ClearStyleData();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::PropagateNoneBit(PRUint32 aBit, nsRuleNode* aHighestNode)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* curr = this;
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!(curr->mNoneBits & aBit), "propagating too far");
|
|
|
|
curr->mNoneBits |= aBit;
|
|
|
|
if (curr == aHighestNode)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
curr = curr->mParent;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::PropagateDependentBit(PRUint32 aBit, nsRuleNode* aHighestNode)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (nsRuleNode* curr = this; curr != aHighestNode; curr = curr->mParent) {
|
|
|
|
if (curr->mDependentBits & aBit) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
while (curr != aHighestNode) {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(curr->mDependentBits & aBit, "bit not set");
|
|
|
|
curr = curr->mParent;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
curr->mDependentBits |= aBit;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The following "Check" functions are used for determining what type of
|
|
|
|
* sharing can be used for the data on this rule node. MORE HERE...
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* the information for a property (or in some cases, a rect group of
|
|
|
|
properties) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct PropertyCheckData {
|
|
|
|
size_t offset;
|
|
|
|
nsCSSType type;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* the information for all the properties in a style struct */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
|
|
|
|
(* PR_CALLBACK CheckCallbackFn)(const nsRuleDataStruct& aData);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct StructCheckData {
|
|
|
|
const PropertyCheckData* props;
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 nprops;
|
|
|
|
CheckCallbackFn callback;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* @param aValue the value being examined
|
|
|
|
* @param aSpecifiedCount to be incremented by one if the value is specified
|
|
|
|
* @param aInherited to be incremented by one if the value is set to inherit
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
inline void
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue,
|
|
|
|
PRUint32& aSpecifiedCount, PRUint32& aInheritedCount)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
|
|
++aSpecifiedCount;
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
|
|
|
|
++aInheritedCount;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValuePair(const nsCSSValuePair* aValuePair,
|
|
|
|
PRUint32& aSpecifiedCount, PRUint32& aInheritedCount)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aValuePair, "Must have a value pair");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(aValuePair->mXValue, aSpecifiedCount, aInheritedCount);
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(aValuePair->mYValue, aSpecifiedCount, aInheritedCount);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSRect(const nsCSSRect* aRect,
|
|
|
|
PRUint32& aSpecifiedCount, PRUint32& aInheritedCount)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aRect, "Must have a rect");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(aRect->*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
|
|
aSpecifiedCount, aInheritedCount);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(nsRuleNode::RuleDetail)
|
|
|
|
CheckFontCallback(const nsRuleDataStruct& aData)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataFont& fontData =
|
|
|
|
NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataFont&, aData);
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == fontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
// A special case. We treat this as a fully specified font,
|
|
|
|
// since no other font props are legal with a system font.
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 family = fontData.mFamily.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
if ((family == NS_STYLE_FONT_CAPTION) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_ICON) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_MENU) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_MESSAGE_BOX) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_SMALL_CAPTION) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_STATUS_BAR) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_WINDOW) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_DOCUMENT) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_WORKSPACE) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_DESKTOP) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_INFO) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_DIALOG) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_BUTTON) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_PULL_DOWN_MENU) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_LIST) ||
|
|
|
|
(family == NS_STYLE_FONT_FIELD))
|
|
|
|
// Mixed rather than Reset in case another sub-property has
|
|
|
|
// an explicit 'inherit'. XXXperf Could check them.
|
|
|
|
return nsRuleNode::eRuleFullMixed;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsRuleNode::eRuleUnknown;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// for nsCSSPropList.h, so we get information on things in the style
|
|
|
|
// structs but not nsCSS*
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_INCLUDE_NOT_CSS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData FontCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_FONT(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_FONT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData DisplayCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_DISPLAY(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_DISPLAY
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData VisibilityCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_VISIBILITY(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_VISIBILITY
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData MarginCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_MARGIN(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_MARGIN
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData BorderCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_BORDER(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_BORDER
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData PaddingCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_PADDING(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_PADDING
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData OutlineCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_OUTLINE(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_OUTLINE
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ListCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_LIST(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_LIST
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ColorCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_COLOR(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_COLOR
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData BackgroundCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_BACKGROUND(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_BACKGROUND
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData PositionCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_POSITION(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_POSITION
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TableCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TABLE(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TABLE
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TableBorderCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TABLEBORDER(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TABLEBORDER
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ContentCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_CONTENT(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_CONTENT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData QuotesCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_QUOTES(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_QUOTES
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TextCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TEXT(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TEXT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData TextResetCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_TEXTRESET(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_TEXTRESET
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData UserInterfaceCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_USERINTERFACE(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_USERINTERFACE
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData UIResetCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_UIRESET(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_UIRESET
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData XULCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_XUL(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_XUL
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_SVG
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData SVGCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_SVG(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_SVG
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData SVGResetCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_SVGRESET(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_SVGRESET
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const PropertyCheckData ColumnCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
#define CSS_PROP_COLUMN(name_, id_, method_, datastruct_, member_, type_, kwtable_) \
|
|
|
|
{ offsetof(nsRuleData##datastruct_, member_), type_ },
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_COLUMN
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#undef CSS_PROP_INCLUDE_NOT_CSS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const StructCheckData gCheckProperties[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb, ctor_args) \
|
|
|
|
{name##CheckProperties, \
|
|
|
|
sizeof(name##CheckProperties)/sizeof(PropertyCheckData), \
|
|
|
|
checkdata_cb},
|
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
|
|
{nsnull, 0, nsnull}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb Taking the address of a reference is evil.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValue&
|
|
|
|
ValueAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return * NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const nsCSSValue*,
|
|
|
|
NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const char*, &aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSRect*
|
|
|
|
RectAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const nsCSSRect*,
|
|
|
|
NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const char*, &aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValuePair*
|
|
|
|
ValuePairAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const nsCSSValuePair*,
|
|
|
|
NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const char*, &aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValueList*
|
|
|
|
ValueListAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return * NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const nsCSSValueList*const*,
|
|
|
|
NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const char*, &aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSValueList**
|
|
|
|
ValueListArrayAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return * NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const nsCSSValueList**const*,
|
|
|
|
NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const char*, &aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSCounterData*
|
|
|
|
CounterDataAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return * NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const nsCSSCounterData*const*,
|
|
|
|
NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const char*, &aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsCSSQuotes*
|
|
|
|
QuotesAtOffset(const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct, size_t aOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return * NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const nsCSSQuotes*const*,
|
|
|
|
NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(const char*, &aRuleDataStruct) + aOffset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline nsRuleNode::RuleDetail
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::CheckSpecifiedProperties(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aRuleDataStruct)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const StructCheckData *structData = gCheckProperties + aSID;
|
|
|
|
if (structData->callback) {
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::RuleDetail res = (*structData->callback)(aRuleDataStruct);
|
|
|
|
if (res != eRuleUnknown)
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Build a count of the:
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 total = 0, // total number of props in the struct
|
|
|
|
specified = 0, // number that were specified for this node
|
|
|
|
inherited = 0; // number that were 'inherit' (and not
|
|
|
|
// eCSSUnit_Inherit) for this node
|
|
|
|
PRBool canHaveExplicitInherit = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (const PropertyCheckData *prop = structData->props,
|
|
|
|
*prop_end = prop + structData->nprops;
|
|
|
|
prop != prop_end;
|
|
|
|
++prop)
|
|
|
|
switch (prop->type) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_Value:
|
|
|
|
++total;
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValue(ValueAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset),
|
|
|
|
specified, inherited);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_Rect:
|
|
|
|
total += 4;
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSRect(RectAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset),
|
|
|
|
specified, inherited);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_ValuePair:
|
|
|
|
total += 2;
|
|
|
|
ExamineCSSValuePair(ValuePairAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset),
|
|
|
|
specified, inherited);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_ValueList:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
++total;
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValueList* valueList =
|
|
|
|
ValueListAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset);
|
|
|
|
if (valueList) {
|
|
|
|
++specified;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == valueList->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
++inherited;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_CounterData:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
++total;
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSCounterData* counterData =
|
|
|
|
CounterDataAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset);
|
|
|
|
if (counterData) {
|
|
|
|
++specified;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == counterData->mCounter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
++inherited;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_Quotes:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
++total;
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSQuotes* quotes =
|
|
|
|
QuotesAtOffset(aRuleDataStruct, prop->offset);
|
|
|
|
if (quotes) {
|
|
|
|
++specified;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == quotes->mOpen.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
++inherited;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eCSSType_Shadow:
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("nsCSSShadow not yet transferred to structs");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown type");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
printf("CheckSpecifiedProperties: SID=%d total=%d spec=%d inh=%d chei=%s.\n",
|
|
|
|
aSID, total, specified, inherited, canHaveExplicitInherit?"true":"false");
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (canHaveExplicitInherit) {
|
|
|
|
if (specified == total)
|
|
|
|
return eRuleFullMixed;
|
|
|
|
return eRulePartialMixed;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (inherited == total)
|
|
|
|
return eRuleFullInherited;
|
|
|
|
if (specified == total) {
|
|
|
|
if (inherited == 0)
|
|
|
|
return eRuleFullReset;
|
|
|
|
return eRuleFullMixed;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (specified == 0)
|
|
|
|
return eRuleNone;
|
|
|
|
if (specified == inherited)
|
|
|
|
return eRulePartialInherited;
|
|
|
|
if (inherited == 0)
|
|
|
|
return eRulePartialReset;
|
|
|
|
return eRulePartialMixed;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetDisplayData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataDisplay displayData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Display, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mDisplayData = &displayData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Display, aContext, &ruleData, &displayData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetVisibilityData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataDisplay displayData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Visibility, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mDisplayData = &displayData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Visibility, aContext, &ruleData, &displayData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTextData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataText textData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Text, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mTextData = &textData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Text, aContext, &ruleData, &textData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTextResetData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataText textData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_TextReset, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mTextData = &textData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_TextReset, aContext, &ruleData, &textData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetUserInterfaceData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataUserInterface uiData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_UserInterface, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mUserInterfaceData = &uiData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_UserInterface, aContext, &ruleData, &uiData);
|
|
|
|
uiData.mCursor = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetUIResetData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataUserInterface uiData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_UIReset, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mUserInterfaceData = &uiData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_UIReset, aContext, &ruleData, &uiData);
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetFontData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataFont fontData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Font, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mFontData = &fontData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Font, aContext, &ruleData, &fontData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetColorData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataColor colorData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Color, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mColorData = &colorData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Color, aContext, &ruleData, &colorData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetBackgroundData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataColor colorData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Background, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mColorData = &colorData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Background, aContext, &ruleData, &colorData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetMarginData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Margin, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Margin, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetBorderData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Border, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Border, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetPaddingData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Padding, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Padding, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetOutlineData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataMargin marginData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Outline, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mMarginData = &marginData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Outline, aContext, &ruleData, &marginData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetListData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataList listData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_List, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mListData = &listData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_List, aContext, &ruleData, &listData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetPositionData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataPosition posData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Position, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mPositionData = &posData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Position, aContext, &ruleData, &posData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTableData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataTable tableData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Table, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mTableData = &tableData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Table, aContext, &ruleData, &tableData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetTableBorderData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataTable tableData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_TableBorder, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mTableData = &tableData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_TableBorder, aContext, &ruleData, &tableData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetContentData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataContent contentData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Content, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mContentData = &contentData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Content, aContext, &ruleData, &contentData);
|
|
|
|
contentData.mCounterIncrement = contentData.mCounterReset = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
contentData.mContent = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetQuotesData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataContent contentData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Quotes, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mContentData = &contentData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct* res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Quotes, aContext, &ruleData, &contentData);
|
|
|
|
contentData.mQuotes = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetXULData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataXUL xulData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_XUL, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mXULData = &xulData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_XUL, aContext, &ruleData, &xulData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetColumnData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataColumn columnData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Column, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mColumnData = &columnData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_Column, aContext, &ruleData, &columnData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_SVG
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetSVGData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataSVG svgData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_SVG, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mSVGData = &svgData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct *res = WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_SVG, aContext, &ruleData, &svgData);
|
|
|
|
svgData.mStrokeDasharray = nsnull; // We are sharing with some style rule. It really owns the data.
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetSVGResetData(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataSVG svgData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_SVGReset, mPresContext, aContext);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mSVGData = &svgData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return WalkRuleTree(eStyleStruct_SVGReset, aContext, &ruleData, &svgData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::WalkRuleTree(const nsStyleStructID aSID,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData* aRuleData,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataStruct* aSpecificData)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// We start at the most specific rule in the tree.
|
|
|
|
nsStyleStruct* startStruct = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* ruleNode = this;
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* highestNode = nsnull; // The highest node in the rule tree
|
|
|
|
// that has the same properties
|
|
|
|
// specified for struct |aSID| as
|
|
|
|
// |this| does.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* rootNode = this; // After the loop below, this will be the
|
|
|
|
// highest node that we've walked without
|
|
|
|
// finding cached data on the rule tree.
|
|
|
|
// If we don't find any cached data, it
|
|
|
|
// will be the root. (XXX misnamed)
|
|
|
|
RuleDetail detail = eRuleNone;
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (ruleNode) {
|
|
|
|
// See if this rule node has cached the fact that the remaining
|
|
|
|
// nodes along this path specify no data whatsoever.
|
|
|
|
if (ruleNode->mNoneBits & bit)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the dependent bit is set on a rule node for this struct, that
|
|
|
|
// means its rule won't have any information to add, so skip it.
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb I don't understand why we need to check |detail| here, but
|
|
|
|
// we do.
|
|
|
|
if (detail == eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
while (ruleNode->mDependentBits & bit) {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID) == nsnull,
|
|
|
|
"dependent bit with cached data makes no sense");
|
|
|
|
// Climb up to the next rule in the tree (a less specific rule).
|
|
|
|
rootNode = ruleNode;
|
|
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!(ruleNode->mNoneBits & bit), "can't have both bits set");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Check for cached data after the inner loop above -- otherwise
|
|
|
|
// we'll miss it.
|
|
|
|
startStruct = ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
|
|
if (startStruct)
|
|
|
|
break; // We found a rule with fully specified data. We don't
|
|
|
|
// need to go up the tree any further, since the remainder
|
|
|
|
// of this branch has already been computed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Ask the rule to fill in the properties that it specifies.
|
|
|
|
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->mRule;
|
|
|
|
if (rule)
|
|
|
|
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(aRuleData);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Now we check to see how many properties have been specified by
|
|
|
|
// the rules we've examined so far.
|
|
|
|
RuleDetail oldDetail = detail;
|
|
|
|
detail = CheckSpecifiedProperties(aSID, *aSpecificData);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (oldDetail == eRuleNone && detail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
highestNode = ruleNode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (detail == eRuleFullReset ||
|
|
|
|
detail == eRuleFullMixed ||
|
|
|
|
detail == eRuleFullInherited)
|
|
|
|
break; // We don't need to examine any more rules. All properties
|
|
|
|
// have been fully specified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Climb up to the next rule in the tree (a less specific rule).
|
|
|
|
rootNode = ruleNode;
|
|
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRBool isReset = nsCachedStyleData::IsReset(aSID);
|
|
|
|
if (!highestNode)
|
|
|
|
highestNode = rootNode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!aRuleData->mCanStoreInRuleTree)
|
|
|
|
detail = eRulePartialMixed; // Treat as though some data is specified to avoid
|
|
|
|
// the optimizations and force data computation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (detail == eRuleNone && startStruct && !aRuleData->mPostResolveCallback) {
|
|
|
|
// We specified absolutely no rule information, but a parent rule in the tree
|
|
|
|
// specified all the rule information. We set a bit along the branch from our
|
|
|
|
// node in the tree to the node that specified the data that tells nodes on that
|
|
|
|
// branch that they never need to examine their rules for this particular struct type
|
|
|
|
// ever again.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(bit, ruleNode);
|
|
|
|
return startStruct;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (!startStruct && ((!isReset && (detail == eRuleNone || detail == eRulePartialInherited))
|
|
|
|
|| detail == eRuleFullInherited)) {
|
|
|
|
// We specified no non-inherited information and neither did any of
|
|
|
|
// our parent rules.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We set a bit along the branch from the highest node (ruleNode)
|
|
|
|
// down to our node (this) indicating that no non-inherited data was
|
|
|
|
// specified. This bit is guaranteed to be set already on the path
|
|
|
|
// from the highest node to the root node in the case where
|
|
|
|
// (detail == eRuleNone), which is the most common case here.
|
|
|
|
// We must check |!isReset| because the Compute*Data functions for
|
|
|
|
// reset structs wouldn't handle none bits correctly.
|
|
|
|
if (highestNode != this && !isReset)
|
|
|
|
PropagateNoneBit(bit, highestNode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// All information must necessarily be inherited from our parent style context.
|
|
|
|
// In the absence of any computed data in the rule tree and with
|
|
|
|
// no rules specified that didn't have values of 'inherit', we should check our parent.
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext) {
|
|
|
|
// We have a parent, and so we should just inherit from the parent.
|
|
|
|
// Set the inherit bits on our context. These bits tell the style context that
|
|
|
|
// it never has to go back to the rule tree for data. Instead the style context tree
|
|
|
|
// should be walked to find the data.
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct* parentStruct = parentContext->GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
|
|
aContext->AddStyleBit(bit); // makes const_cast OK.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(aSID, NS_CONST_CAST(nsStyleStruct*, parentStruct));
|
|
|
|
return parentStruct;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
// We are the root. In the case of fonts, the default values just
|
|
|
|
// come from the pres context.
|
|
|
|
return SetDefaultOnRoot(aSID, aContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We need to compute the data from the information that the rules specified.
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct* res;
|
|
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT_TEST aSID
|
|
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb, ctor_args) \
|
|
|
|
res = Compute##name##Data(startStruct, *aSpecificData, aContext, \
|
|
|
|
highestNode, detail, !aRuleData->mCanStoreInRuleTree);
|
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT_TEST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we have a post-resolve callback, handle that now.
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleData->mPostResolveCallback && (NS_LIKELY(res != nsnull)))
|
|
|
|
(*aRuleData->mPostResolveCallback)((nsStyleStruct*)res, aRuleData);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Now return the result.
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static PRBool
|
|
|
|
IsChrome(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PRBool isChrome = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> container = aPresContext->GetContainer();
|
|
|
|
if (container) {
|
|
|
|
nsresult result;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> docShell(do_QueryInterface(container, &result));
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && docShell) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 docShellType;
|
|
|
|
result = docShell->GetItemType(&docShellType);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) {
|
|
|
|
isChrome = nsIDocShellTreeItem::typeChrome == docShellType;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return isChrome;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetDefaultOnRoot(const nsStyleStructID aSID, nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch (aSID) {
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Font:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleFont* fontData = new (mPresContext) nsStyleFont(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(fontData != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
nscoord minimumFontSize =
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedIntPref(kPresContext_MinimumFontSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (minimumFontSize > 0 && !IsChrome(mPresContext)) {
|
|
|
|
fontData->mFont.size = PR_MAX(fontData->mSize, minimumFontSize);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
fontData->mFont.size = fontData->mSize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Font, fontData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return fontData;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Display:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleDisplay* disp = new (mPresContext) nsStyleDisplay();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(disp != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Display, disp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return disp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Visibility:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleVisibility* vis = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVisibility(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(vis != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Visibility, vis);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return vis;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Text:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleText* text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleText();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(text != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Text, text);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_TextReset:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleTextReset* text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTextReset();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(text != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TextReset, text);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Color:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleColor* color = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColor(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(color != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Color, color);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return color;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Background:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleBackground* bg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBackground(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(bg != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Background, bg);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return bg;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Margin:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleMargin* margin = new (mPresContext) nsStyleMargin();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(margin != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Margin, margin);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return margin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Border:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleBorder* border = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBorder(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(border != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Border, border);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return border;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Padding:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStylePadding* padding = new (mPresContext) nsStylePadding();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(padding != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Padding, padding);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return padding;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Outline:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleOutline* outline = new (mPresContext) nsStyleOutline(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(outline != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Outline, outline);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return outline;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_List:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleList* list = new (mPresContext) nsStyleList();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(list != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_List, list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return list;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Position:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStylePosition* pos = new (mPresContext) nsStylePosition();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(pos != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Position, pos);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return pos;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Table:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleTable* table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTable();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(table != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Table, table);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return table;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_TableBorder:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleTableBorder* table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTableBorder(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(table != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TableBorder, table);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return table;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Content:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContent* content = new (mPresContext) nsStyleContent();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(content != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Content, content);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return content;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Quotes:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleQuotes* quotes = new (mPresContext) nsStyleQuotes();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(quotes != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Quotes, quotes);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return quotes;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_UserInterface:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleUserInterface* ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUserInterface();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(ui != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UserInterface, ui);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ui;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_UIReset:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleUIReset* ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUIReset();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(ui != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UIReset, ui);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ui;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_XUL:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleXUL* xul = new (mPresContext) nsStyleXUL();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(xul != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_XUL, xul);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return xul;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_Column:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleColumn* column = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColumn();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(column != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Column, column);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return column;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_SVG
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_SVG:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleSVG* svg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVG();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(svg != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVG, svg);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return svg;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case eStyleStruct_SVGReset:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleSVGReset* svgReset = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVGReset();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(svgReset != nsnull)) {
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVGReset, svgReset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return svgReset;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This function handles cascading of *-left or *-right box properties
|
|
|
|
* against *-start (which is L for LTR and R for RTL) or *-end (which is
|
|
|
|
* R for LTR and L for RTL).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Cascading these properties correctly is hard because we need to
|
|
|
|
* cascade two properties as one, but which two properties depends on a
|
|
|
|
* third property ('direction'). We solve this by treating each of
|
|
|
|
* these properties (say, 'margin-start') as a shorthand that sets a
|
|
|
|
* property containing the value of the property specified
|
|
|
|
* ('margin-start-value') and sets a pair of properties
|
|
|
|
* ('margin-left-ltr-source' and 'margin-right-rtl-source') saying which
|
|
|
|
* of the properties we use. Thus, when we want to compute the value of
|
|
|
|
* 'margin-left' when 'direction' is 'ltr', we look at the value of
|
|
|
|
* 'margin-left-ltr-source', which tells us whether to use the highest
|
|
|
|
* 'margin-left' in the cascade or the highest 'margin-start'.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Finally, since we can compute the normal (*-left and *-right)
|
|
|
|
* properties in a loop, this function works by assuming the computation
|
|
|
|
* for those properties has happened as though we have not implemented
|
|
|
|
* the logical properties (*-start and *-end). It is the responsibility
|
|
|
|
* of this function to replace the computed values with the values
|
|
|
|
* computed from the logical properties when needed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::AdjustLogicalBoxProp(nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aLTRSource,
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aRTLSource,
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aLTRLogicalValue,
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue& aRTLLogicalValue,
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleSides& aParentRect,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleSides& aRect,
|
|
|
|
PRUint8 aSide,
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 aMask,
|
|
|
|
PRBool& aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PRBool LTRlogical = aLTRSource.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
|
|
aLTRSource.GetIntValue() == NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL;
|
|
|
|
PRBool RTLlogical = aRTLSource.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
|
|
aRTLSource.GetIntValue() == NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL;
|
|
|
|
if (LTRlogical || RTLlogical) {
|
|
|
|
// We can't cache anything on the rule tree if we use any data from
|
|
|
|
// the style context, since data cached in the rule tree could be
|
|
|
|
// used with a style context with a different value.
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PRUint8 dir = aContext->GetStyleVisibility()->mDirection;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
|
|
aParentRect.Get(aSide, parentCoord);
|
|
|
|
if (dir == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_LTR) {
|
|
|
|
if (LTRlogical &&
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(aLTRLogicalValue, coord, parentCoord, aMask, aContext,
|
|
|
|
mPresContext, aInherited))
|
|
|
|
aRect.Set(aSide, coord);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if (RTLlogical &&
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(aRTLLogicalValue, coord, parentCoord, aMask, aContext,
|
|
|
|
mPresContext, aInherited))
|
|
|
|
aRect.Set(aSide, coord);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nscoord aMinFontSize, PRBool aUseDocumentFonts,
|
|
|
|
PRBool aIsGeneric, const nsRuleDataFont& aFontData,
|
|
|
|
const nsFont& aDefaultFont, const nsStyleFont* aParentFont,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleFont* aFont, PRBool& aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const nsFont* defaultVariableFont =
|
|
|
|
aPresContext->GetDefaultFont(kPresContext_DefaultVariableFont_ID);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsFont* defaultFixedFont =
|
|
|
|
aPresContext->GetDefaultFont(kPresContext_DefaultFixedFont_ID);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// font-family: string list, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_String == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
// set the correct font if we are using DocumentFonts OR we are overriding for XUL
|
|
|
|
// MJA: bug 31816
|
|
|
|
if (aUseDocumentFonts) {
|
|
|
|
if (!aIsGeneric) {
|
|
|
|
// only bother appending fallback fonts if this isn't a fallback generic font itself
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.name.Append((PRUnichar)',');
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.name.Append(aDefaultFont.name);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// now set to defaults
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.name = aDefaultFont.name;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks =
|
|
|
|
(aPresContext->CompatibilityMode() == eCompatibility_NavQuirks &&
|
|
|
|
aFontData.mFamilyFromHTML);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
nsSystemFontID sysID;
|
|
|
|
switch (aFontData.mFamily.GetIntValue()) {
|
|
|
|
// If you add fonts to this list, you need to also patch the list
|
|
|
|
// in CheckFontCallback (also in this file).
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_CAPTION: sysID = eSystemFont_Caption; break; // css2
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_ICON: sysID = eSystemFont_Icon; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_MENU: sysID = eSystemFont_Menu; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_MESSAGE_BOX: sysID = eSystemFont_MessageBox; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_SMALL_CAPTION: sysID = eSystemFont_SmallCaption; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_STATUS_BAR: sysID = eSystemFont_StatusBar; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WINDOW: sysID = eSystemFont_Window; break; // css3
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_DOCUMENT: sysID = eSystemFont_Document; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WORKSPACE: sysID = eSystemFont_Workspace; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_DESKTOP: sysID = eSystemFont_Desktop; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_INFO: sysID = eSystemFont_Info; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_DIALOG: sysID = eSystemFont_Dialog; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_BUTTON: sysID = eSystemFont_Button; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_PULL_DOWN_MENU:sysID = eSystemFont_PullDownMenu; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_LIST: sysID = eSystemFont_List; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_FIELD: sysID = eSystemFont_Field; break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GetSystemFont sets the font face but not necessarily the size
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.size = defaultVariableFont->size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(aPresContext->DeviceContext()->GetSystemFont(sysID,
|
|
|
|
&aFont->mFont))) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.name = defaultVariableFont->name;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// this becomes our cascading size
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = aFont->mFont.size =
|
|
|
|
nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext, aFont->mFont.size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb All of this platform-specific stuff should be in the
|
|
|
|
// nsIDeviceContext implementations, not here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef XP_WIN
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// As far as I can tell the system default fonts and sizes for
|
|
|
|
// on MS-Windows for Buttons, Listboxes/Comboxes and Text Fields are
|
|
|
|
// all pre-determined and cannot be changed by either the control panel
|
|
|
|
// or programmtically.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
switch (sysID) {
|
|
|
|
// Fields (text fields)
|
|
|
|
// Button and Selects (listboxes/comboboxes)
|
|
|
|
// We use whatever font is defined by the system. Which it appears
|
|
|
|
// (and the assumption is) it is always a proportional font. Then we
|
|
|
|
// always use 2 points smaller than what the browser has defined as
|
|
|
|
// the default proportional font.
|
|
|
|
case eSystemFont_Field:
|
|
|
|
case eSystemFont_Button:
|
|
|
|
case eSystemFont_List:
|
|
|
|
// Assumption: system defined font is proportional
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
PR_MAX(defaultVariableFont->size - NSIntPointsToTwips(2), 0));
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.name = aParentFont->mFont.name;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks = aParentFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.name = aDefaultFont.name;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.familyNameQuirks = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// font-style: enum, normal, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mStyle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.style = aFontData.mStyle.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Normal == aFontData.mStyle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.style = NS_STYLE_FONT_STYLE_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mStyle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.style = aParentFont->mFont.style;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mStyle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.style = aDefaultFont.style;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// font-variant: enum, normal, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mVariant.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.variant = aFontData.mVariant.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Normal == aFontData.mVariant.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.variant = NS_STYLE_FONT_VARIANT_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mVariant.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.variant = aParentFont->mFont.variant;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mVariant.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.variant = aDefaultFont.variant;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// font-weight: int, enum, normal, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == aFontData.mWeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = aFontData.mWeight.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mWeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 value = aFontData.mWeight.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
switch (value) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD:
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = value;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER:
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER:
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = nsStyleUtil::ConstrainFontWeight(aParentFont->mFont.weight + value);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Normal == aFontData.mWeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mWeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = aParentFont->mFont.weight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mWeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.weight = aDefaultFont.weight;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// font-size: enum, length, percent, inherit
|
|
|
|
PRBool zoom = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 value = aFontData.mSize.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 scaler = aPresContext->FontScaler();
|
|
|
|
float scaleFactor = nsStyleUtil::GetScalingFactor(scaler);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
zoom = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ((NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXSMALL <= value) &&
|
|
|
|
(value <= NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXLARGE)) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = nsStyleUtil::CalcFontPointSize(value, (PRInt32)aDefaultFont.size, scaleFactor, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_XXXLARGE == value) {
|
|
|
|
// <font size="7"> is not specified in CSS, so we don't use eFontSize_CSS.
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = nsStyleUtil::CalcFontPointSize(value, (PRInt32)aDefaultFont.size, scaleFactor, aPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER == value ||
|
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_SMALLER == value) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Un-zoom so we use the tables correctly. We'll then rezoom due
|
|
|
|
// to the |zoom = PR_TRUE| above.
|
|
|
|
nscoord parentSize =
|
|
|
|
nsStyleFont::UnZoomText(aPresContext, aParentFont->mSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_FONT_SIZE_LARGER == value) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = nsStyleUtil::FindNextLargerFontSize(parentSize, (PRInt32)aDefaultFont.size,
|
|
|
|
scaleFactor, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFont->mSize > parentSize, "FindNextLargerFontSize failed.");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = nsStyleUtil::FindNextSmallerFontSize(parentSize, (PRInt32)aDefaultFont.size,
|
|
|
|
scaleFactor, aPresContext, eFontSize_CSS);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFont->mSize < parentSize,
|
|
|
|
"FindNextSmallerFontSize failed; this is expected if parentFont size <= 1px");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected value");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (aFontData.mSize.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = CalcLength(aFontData.mSize, &aParentFont->mFont, nsnull, aPresContext, aInherited);
|
|
|
|
zoom = aFontData.mSize.IsFixedLengthUnit() ||
|
|
|
|
aFontData.mSize.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pixel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Percent == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = (nscoord)((float)(aParentFont->mSize) * aFontData.mSize.GetPercentValue());
|
|
|
|
zoom = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = aParentFont->mSize;
|
|
|
|
zoom = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mSize.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = aDefaultFont.size;
|
|
|
|
zoom = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We want to zoom the cascaded size so that em-based measurements,
|
|
|
|
// line-heights, etc., work.
|
|
|
|
if (zoom)
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext, aFont->mSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// enforce the user' specified minimum font-size on the value that we expose
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.size = PR_MAX(aFont->mSize, aMinFontSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// font-size-adjust: number, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Number == aFontData.mSizeAdjust.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust = aFontData.mSizeAdjust.GetFloatValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == aFontData.mSizeAdjust.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aFontData.mSizeAdjust.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust = aParentFont->mFont.sizeAdjust;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aFontData.mSizeAdjust.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont.sizeAdjust = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// SetGenericFont:
|
|
|
|
// - backtrack to an ancestor with the same generic font name (possibly
|
|
|
|
// up to the root where default values come from the presentation context)
|
|
|
|
// - re-apply cascading rules from there without caching intermediate values
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetGenericFont(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataFont& aFontData,
|
|
|
|
PRUint8 aGenericFontID, nscoord aMinFontSize,
|
|
|
|
PRBool aUseDocumentFonts, nsStyleFont* aFont)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// walk up the contexts until a context with the desired generic font
|
|
|
|
nsAutoVoidArray contextPath;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* higherContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
while (higherContext) {
|
|
|
|
if (higherContext->GetStyleFont()->mFlags & aGenericFontID) {
|
|
|
|
// done walking up the higher contexts
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
contextPath.AppendElement(higherContext);
|
|
|
|
higherContext = higherContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// re-apply the cascading rules, starting from the higher context
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we stopped earlier because we reached the root of the style tree,
|
|
|
|
// we will start with the default generic font from the presentation
|
|
|
|
// context. Otherwise we start with the higher context.
|
|
|
|
const nsFont* defaultFont = aPresContext->GetDefaultFont(aGenericFontID);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleFont parentFont(*defaultFont);
|
|
|
|
parentFont.mSize = parentFont.mFont.size
|
|
|
|
= nsStyleFont::ZoomText(aPresContext, parentFont.mSize);
|
|
|
|
if (higherContext) {
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleFont* tmpFont = higherContext->GetStyleFont();
|
|
|
|
parentFont.mFlags = tmpFont->mFlags;
|
|
|
|
parentFont.mFont = tmpFont->mFont;
|
|
|
|
parentFont.mSize = tmpFont->mSize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFlags = parentFont.mFlags;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mFont = parentFont.mFont;
|
|
|
|
aFont->mSize = parentFont.mSize;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRBool dummy;
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 fontBit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(eStyleStruct_Font);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (PRInt32 i = contextPath.Count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* context = (nsStyleContext*)contextPath[i];
|
|
|
|
nsRuleDataFont fontData; // Declare a struct with null CSS values.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleData ruleData(eStyleStruct_Font, aPresContext, context);
|
|
|
|
ruleData.mFontData = &fontData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Trimmed down version of ::WalkRuleTree() to re-apply the style rules
|
|
|
|
for (nsRuleNode* ruleNode = context->GetRuleNode(); ruleNode;
|
|
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->GetParent()) {
|
|
|
|
if (ruleNode->mNoneBits & fontBit)
|
|
|
|
// no more font rules on this branch, get out
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsIStyleRule *rule = ruleNode->GetRule();
|
|
|
|
if (rule)
|
|
|
|
rule->MapRuleInfoInto(&ruleData);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the delta from the information that the rules specified
|
|
|
|
fontData.mFamily.Reset(); // avoid unnecessary operations in SetFont()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFont(aPresContext, context, aMinFontSize,
|
|
|
|
aUseDocumentFonts, PR_TRUE, fontData, *defaultFont,
|
|
|
|
&parentFont, aFont, dummy);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// XXX Not sure if we need to do this here
|
|
|
|
// If we have a post-resolve callback, handle that now.
|
|
|
|
if (ruleData.mPostResolveCallback)
|
|
|
|
(ruleData.mPostResolveCallback)((nsStyleStruct*)aFont, &ruleData);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
parentFont.mFlags = aFont->mFlags;
|
|
|
|
parentFont.mFont = aFont->mFont;
|
|
|
|
parentFont.mSize = aFont->mSize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Finish off by applying our own rules. In this case, aFontData
|
|
|
|
// already has the current cascading information that we want. We
|
|
|
|
// can just compute the delta from the parent.
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFont(aPresContext, aContext, aMinFontSize,
|
|
|
|
aUseDocumentFonts, PR_TRUE, aFontData, *defaultFont,
|
|
|
|
&parentFont, aFont, dummy);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeFontData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataFont& fontData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataFont&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleFont* font = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleFont* parentFont = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// This optimization is a little weaker here since 'em', etc., for
|
|
|
|
// 'font-size' require inheritance.
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
(aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset ||
|
|
|
|
(fontData.mSize.IsRelativeLengthUnit() &&
|
|
|
|
fontData.mSize.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Pixel) ||
|
|
|
|
fontData.mSize.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent))
|
|
|
|
parentFont = parentContext->GetStyleFont();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
font = new (mPresContext) nsStyleFont(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleFont*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentFont)
|
|
|
|
font = new (mPresContext) nsStyleFont(*parentFont);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
font = new (mPresContext) nsStyleFont(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
font = new (mPresContext) nsStyleFont(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!font))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentFont)
|
|
|
|
parentFont = font;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// See if there is a minimum font-size constraint to honor
|
|
|
|
nscoord minimumFontSize =
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedIntPref(kPresContext_MinimumFontSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (minimumFontSize < 0)
|
|
|
|
minimumFontSize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRBool useDocumentFonts = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Figure out if we are a generic font
|
|
|
|
PRUint8 generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_String == fontData.mFamily.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
fontData.mFamily.GetStringValue(font->mFont.name);
|
|
|
|
nsFont::GetGenericID(font->mFont.name, &generic);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// MJA: bug 31816
|
|
|
|
// if we are not using document fonts, but this is a XUL document,
|
|
|
|
// then we use the document fonts anyway
|
|
|
|
useDocumentFonts =
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedBoolPref(kPresContext_UseDocumentFonts);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// See if we are in the chrome
|
|
|
|
// We only need to know this to determine if we have to use the
|
|
|
|
// document fonts (overriding the useDocumentFonts flag), or to
|
|
|
|
// determine if we have to override the minimum font-size constraint.
|
|
|
|
if ((!useDocumentFonts || minimumFontSize > 0) && IsChrome(mPresContext)) {
|
|
|
|
useDocumentFonts = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
minimumFontSize = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we don't have to use document fonts, then we are only entitled
|
|
|
|
// to use the user's default variable-width font and fixed-width font
|
|
|
|
if (!useDocumentFonts) {
|
|
|
|
if (generic != kGenericFont_moz_fixed)
|
|
|
|
generic = kGenericFont_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Now compute our font struct
|
|
|
|
if (generic == kGenericFont_NONE) {
|
|
|
|
// continue the normal processing
|
|
|
|
// our default font is the most recent generic font
|
|
|
|
const nsFont* defaultFont =
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->GetDefaultFont(parentFont->mFlags & NS_STYLE_FONT_FACE_MASK);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetFont(mPresContext, aContext, minimumFontSize,
|
|
|
|
useDocumentFonts, PR_FALSE,
|
|
|
|
fontData, *defaultFont, parentFont, font, inherited);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// re-calculate the font as a generic font
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::SetGenericFont(mPresContext, aContext, fontData, generic,
|
|
|
|
minimumFontSize, useDocumentFonts, font);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set our generic font's bit to inform our descendants
|
|
|
|
font->mFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_FONT_FACE_MASK;
|
|
|
|
font->mFlags |= generic;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Font, font);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
font->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mFontData = font;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Font), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return font;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTextData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataText& textData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataText&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleText* text = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleText* parentText = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentText = parentContext->GetStyleText();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleText(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleText*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentText)
|
|
|
|
text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleText(*parentText);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleText();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleText();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!text))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentText)
|
|
|
|
parentText = text;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// letter-spacing: normal, length, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mLetterSpacing, text->mLetterSpacing, parentText->mLetterSpacing,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_NORMAL, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// line-height: normal, number, length, percent, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Percent == textData.mLineHeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// Use |mFont.size| to pick up minimum font size.
|
|
|
|
text->mLineHeight.SetCoordValue(
|
|
|
|
nscoord(float(aContext->GetStyleFont()->mFont.size) *
|
|
|
|
textData.mLineHeight.GetPercentValue()));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mLineHeight, text->mLineHeight, parentText->mLineHeight,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_FACTOR | SETCOORD_NORMAL,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
if (textData.mLineHeight.IsFixedLengthUnit() ||
|
|
|
|
textData.mLineHeight.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Pixel) {
|
|
|
|
nscoord lh = nsStyleFont::ZoomText(mPresContext,
|
|
|
|
text->mLineHeight.GetCoordValue());
|
|
|
|
nscoord minimumFontSize =
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedIntPref(kPresContext_MinimumFontSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (minimumFontSize > 0 && !IsChrome(mPresContext)) {
|
|
|
|
// If we applied a minimum font size, scale the line height by
|
|
|
|
// the same ratio. (If we *might* have applied a minimum font
|
|
|
|
// size, we can't cache in the rule tree.)
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleFont *font = aContext->GetStyleFont();
|
|
|
|
if (font->mSize != 0) {
|
|
|
|
lh = nscoord(float(lh) * float(font->mFont.size) / float(font->mSize));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
lh = minimumFontSize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
text->mLineHeight.SetCoordValue(lh);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// text-align: enum, string, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textData.mTextAlign.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
text->mTextAlign = textData.mTextAlign.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_String == textData.mTextAlign.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTYETIMPLEMENTED("align string");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textData.mTextAlign.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
text->mTextAlign = parentText->mTextAlign;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == textData.mTextAlign.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
text->mTextAlign = NS_STYLE_TEXT_ALIGN_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// text-indent: length, percent, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mTextIndent, text->mTextIndent, parentText->mTextIndent,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// text-transform: enum, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textData.mTextTransform.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
text->mTextTransform = textData.mTextTransform.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == textData.mTextTransform.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
text->mTextTransform = NS_STYLE_TEXT_TRANSFORM_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textData.mTextTransform.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
text->mTextTransform = parentText->mTextTransform;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// white-space: enum, normal, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textData.mWhiteSpace.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
text->mWhiteSpace = textData.mWhiteSpace.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Normal == textData.mWhiteSpace.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
text->mWhiteSpace = NS_STYLE_WHITESPACE_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textData.mWhiteSpace.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
text->mWhiteSpace = parentText->mWhiteSpace;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// word-spacing: normal, length, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mWordSpacing, text->mWordSpacing, parentText->mWordSpacing,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_NORMAL, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Text, text);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
text->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mTextData = text;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Text), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTextResetData(nsStyleStruct* aStartData,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataText& textData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataText&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleTextReset* text;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartData)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTextReset(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleTextReset*, aStartData));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
text = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTextReset();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!text))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleTextReset* parentText = text;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentText = parentContext->GetStyleTextReset();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// vertical-align: enum, length, percent, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(textData.mVerticalAlign, text->mVerticalAlign, parentText->mVerticalAlign,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_ENUMERATED, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// text-decoration: none, enum (bit field), inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textData.mDecoration.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 td = textData.mDecoration.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
text->mTextDecoration = td;
|
|
|
|
if (td & NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_PREF_ANCHORS) {
|
|
|
|
PRBool underlineLinks =
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->GetCachedBoolPref(kPresContext_UnderlineLinks);
|
|
|
|
if (underlineLinks) {
|
|
|
|
text->mTextDecoration |= NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
text->mTextDecoration &= ~NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == textData.mDecoration.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
text->mTextDecoration = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textData.mDecoration.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
text->mTextDecoration = parentText->mTextDecoration;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// unicode-bidi: enum, normal, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Normal == textData.mUnicodeBidi.GetUnit() ) {
|
|
|
|
text->mUnicodeBidi = NS_STYLE_UNICODE_BIDI_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == textData.mUnicodeBidi.GetUnit() ) {
|
|
|
|
text->mUnicodeBidi = textData.mUnicodeBidi.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == textData.mUnicodeBidi.GetUnit() ) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
text->mUnicodeBidi = parentText->mUnicodeBidi;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TextReset, text);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
text->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mTextResetData = text;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(TextReset), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return text;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeUserInterfaceData(nsStyleStruct* aStartData,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail,
|
|
|
|
PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataUserInterface& uiData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataUserInterface&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleUserInterface* ui = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleUserInterface* parentUI = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentUI = parentContext->GetStyleUserInterface();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartData)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUserInterface(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleUserInterface*, aStartData));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentUI)
|
|
|
|
ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUserInterface(*parentUI);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUserInterface();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUserInterface();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!ui))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentUI)
|
|
|
|
parentUI = ui;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// cursor: enum, auto, url, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueList* list = uiData.mCursor;
|
|
|
|
if (nsnull != list) {
|
|
|
|
delete [] ui->mCursorArray;
|
|
|
|
ui->mCursorArray = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
ui->mCursorArrayLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ui->mCursor = parentUI->mCursor;
|
|
|
|
ui->CopyCursorArrayFrom(*parentUI);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// The parser will never create a list that is *all* URL values --
|
|
|
|
// that's invalid.
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 arrayLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (nsCSSValueList *list2 = list;
|
|
|
|
list2->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array; list2 = list2->mNext)
|
|
|
|
if (list2->mValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(0).GetImageValue())
|
|
|
|
++arrayLength;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (arrayLength != 0) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mCursorArray = new nsCursorImage[arrayLength];
|
|
|
|
if (ui->mCursorArray) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mCursorArrayLength = arrayLength;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (nsCursorImage *item = ui->mCursorArray;
|
|
|
|
list->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Array;
|
|
|
|
list = list->mNext) {
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValue::Array *arr = list->mValue.GetArrayValue();
|
|
|
|
imgIRequest *req = arr->Item(0).GetImageValue();
|
|
|
|
if (req) {
|
|
|
|
item->mImage = req;
|
|
|
|
if (arr->Item(1).GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
|
|
|
|
item->mHaveHotspot = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
item->mHotspotX = arr->Item(1).GetFloatValue(),
|
|
|
|
item->mHotspotY = arr->Item(2).GetFloatValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++item;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mCursor = list->mValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mCursor = NS_STYLE_CURSOR_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// user-input: auto, none, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == uiData.mUserInput.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserInput = uiData.mUserInput.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == uiData.mUserInput.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserInput = NS_STYLE_USER_INPUT_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == uiData.mUserInput.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserInput = NS_STYLE_USER_INPUT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == uiData.mUserInput.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserInput = parentUI->mUserInput;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// user-modify: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == uiData.mUserModify.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserModify = uiData.mUserModify.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == uiData.mUserModify.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserModify = parentUI->mUserModify;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// user-focus: none, normal, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == uiData.mUserFocus.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserFocus = uiData.mUserFocus.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == uiData.mUserFocus.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserFocus = NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Normal == uiData.mUserFocus.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserFocus = NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == uiData.mUserFocus.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserFocus = parentUI->mUserFocus;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UserInterface, ui);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
ui->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mUserInterfaceData = ui;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(UserInterface), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ui;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeUIResetData(nsStyleStruct* aStartData,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataUserInterface& uiData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataUserInterface&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleUIReset* ui;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartData)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUIReset(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleUIReset*, aStartData));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ui = new (mPresContext) nsStyleUIReset();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!ui))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleUIReset* parentUI = ui;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentUI = parentContext->GetStyleUIReset();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// user-select: none, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == uiData.mUserSelect.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserSelect = uiData.mUserSelect.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == uiData.mUserSelect.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserSelect = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == uiData.mUserSelect.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ui->mUserSelect = parentUI->mUserSelect;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// force-broken-image-icons: integer
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == uiData.mForceBrokenImageIcon.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
ui->mForceBrokenImageIcon = uiData.mForceBrokenImageIcon.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_UIReset, ui);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
ui->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mUIResetData = ui;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(UIReset), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ui;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeDisplayData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataDisplay& displayData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataDisplay&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleDisplay* display;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
display = new (mPresContext) nsStyleDisplay(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleDisplay*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
display = new (mPresContext) nsStyleDisplay();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!display))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* parentDisplay = display;
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudoTag = aContext->GetPseudoType();
|
|
|
|
PRBool generatedContent = (pseudoTag == nsCSSPseudoElements::before ||
|
|
|
|
pseudoTag == nsCSSPseudoElements::after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
((aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone) ||
|
|
|
|
generatedContent))
|
|
|
|
parentDisplay = parentContext->GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// opacity: factor, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Number == displayData.mOpacity.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mOpacity = displayData.mOpacity.GetFloatValue();
|
|
|
|
if (display->mOpacity > 1.0f)
|
|
|
|
display->mOpacity = 1.0f;
|
|
|
|
if (display->mOpacity < 0.0f)
|
|
|
|
display->mOpacity = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mOpacity.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mOpacity = parentDisplay->mOpacity;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// display: enum, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mDisplay.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mDisplay = displayData.mDisplay.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == displayData.mDisplay.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mDisplay = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mDisplay.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mDisplay = parentDisplay->mDisplay;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// appearance: enum, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mAppearance.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mAppearance = displayData.mAppearance.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == displayData.mAppearance.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mAppearance = NS_THEME_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mAppearance.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mAppearance = parentDisplay->mAppearance;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// binding: url, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == displayData.mBinding.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mBinding = displayData.mBinding.GetURLValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == displayData.mBinding.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mBinding = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mBinding.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mBinding = parentDisplay->mBinding;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// position: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mPosition.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mPosition = displayData.mPosition.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mPosition.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mPosition = parentDisplay->mPosition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// clear: enum, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mClear.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mBreakType = displayData.mClear.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == displayData.mClear.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mBreakType = NS_STYLE_CLEAR_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mClear.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mBreakType = parentDisplay->mBreakType;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// temp fix for bug 24000
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mBreakBefore.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mBreakBefore = (NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_ALWAYS == displayData.mBreakBefore.GetIntValue());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mBreakAfter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mBreakAfter = (NS_STYLE_PAGE_BREAK_ALWAYS == displayData.mBreakAfter.GetIntValue());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// end temp fix
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// float: enum, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mFloat.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mFloats = displayData.mFloat.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == displayData.mFloat.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mFloats = NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mFloat.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mFloats = parentDisplay->mFloats;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// overflow-x: enum, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mOverflowX.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowX = displayData.mOverflowX.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mOverflowX.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowX = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mOverflowX.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowX = parentDisplay->mOverflowX;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// overflow-y: enum, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mOverflowY.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowY = displayData.mOverflowY.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mOverflowY.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowY = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mOverflowY.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowY = parentDisplay->mOverflowY;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// CSS3 overflow-x and overflow-y require some fixup as well in some
|
|
|
|
// cases. NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE and NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP are
|
|
|
|
// meaningful only when used in both dimensions.
|
|
|
|
if (display->mOverflowX != display->mOverflowY &&
|
|
|
|
(display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE ||
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP ||
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE ||
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)) {
|
|
|
|
// We can't store in the rule tree since a more specific rule might
|
|
|
|
// change these conditions.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP is a deprecated value, so if it's specified
|
|
|
|
// in only one dimension, convert it to NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN.
|
|
|
|
if (display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowX = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN;
|
|
|
|
if (display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP)
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowY = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If 'visible' is specified but doesn't match the other dimension, it
|
|
|
|
// turns into 'auto'.
|
|
|
|
if (display->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE)
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowX = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
if (display->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE)
|
|
|
|
display->mOverflowY = NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// clip property: length, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mClip.mTop.GetUnit()) { // if one is inherit, they all are
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags = parentDisplay->mClipFlags;
|
|
|
|
display->mClip = parentDisplay->mClip;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
PRBool fullAuto = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags = 0; // clear it
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mTop.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.y = 0;
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_TOP_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mTop.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.y = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mTop, nsnull, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
fullAuto = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mBottom.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
// Setting to NS_MAXSIZE for the 'auto' case ensures that
|
|
|
|
// the clip rect is nonempty. It is important that mClip be
|
|
|
|
// nonempty if the actual clip rect could be nonempty.
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.height = NS_MAXSIZE;
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_BOTTOM_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mBottom.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.height = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mBottom, nsnull, aContext, mPresContext, inherited) -
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.y;
|
|
|
|
fullAuto = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mLeft.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.x = 0;
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_LEFT_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mLeft.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.x = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mLeft, nsnull, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
fullAuto = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == displayData.mClip.mRight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
// Setting to NS_MAXSIZE for the 'auto' case ensures that
|
|
|
|
// the clip rect is nonempty. It is important that mClip be
|
|
|
|
// nonempty if the actual clip rect could be nonempty.
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.width = NS_MAXSIZE;
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_RIGHT_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (displayData.mClip.mRight.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.width = CalcLength(displayData.mClip.mRight, nsnull, aContext, mPresContext, inherited) -
|
|
|
|
display->mClip.x;
|
|
|
|
fullAuto = PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_CLIP_TYPE_MASK;
|
|
|
|
if (fullAuto) {
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
display->mClipFlags |= NS_STYLE_CLIP_RECT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// CSS2 specified fixups:
|
|
|
|
if (generatedContent) {
|
|
|
|
// According to CSS2 section 12.1, :before and :after
|
|
|
|
// pseudo-elements must not be positioned or floated (CSS2 12.1) and
|
|
|
|
// must be limited to certain display types (depending on the
|
|
|
|
// display type of the element to which they are attached).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (display->mPosition != NS_STYLE_POSITION_STATIC)
|
|
|
|
display->mPosition = NS_STYLE_POSITION_STATIC;
|
|
|
|
if (display->mFloats != NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE)
|
|
|
|
display->mFloats = NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRUint8 displayValue = display->mDisplay;
|
|
|
|
if (displayValue != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE &&
|
|
|
|
displayValue != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentDisplay->IsBlockLevel() ||
|
|
|
|
parentDisplay->mDisplay == NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE_CELL ||
|
|
|
|
parentDisplay->mDisplay == NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE_CAPTION) {
|
|
|
|
// If the subject of the selector is a block-level element,
|
|
|
|
// allowed values are 'none', 'inline', 'block', and 'marker'.
|
|
|
|
// If the value of the 'display' has any other value, the
|
|
|
|
// pseudo-element will behave as if the value were 'block'.
|
|
|
|
if (displayValue != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK &&
|
|
|
|
displayValue != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_MARKER)
|
|
|
|
display->mDisplay = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// If the subject of the selector is an inline-level element,
|
|
|
|
// allowed values are 'none' and 'inline'. If the value of the
|
|
|
|
// 'display' has any other value, the pseudo-element will behave
|
|
|
|
// as if the value were 'inline'.
|
|
|
|
display->mDisplay = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (display->mDisplay != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_NONE) {
|
|
|
|
// CSS2 9.7 specifies display type corrections dealing with 'float'
|
|
|
|
// and 'position'. Since generated content can't be floated or
|
|
|
|
// positioned, we can deal with it here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// 1) if float is not none, and display is not none, then we must
|
|
|
|
// set a block-level 'display' type per CSS2.1 section 9.7.
|
|
|
|
if (display->mFloats != NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE) {
|
|
|
|
EnsureBlockDisplay(display->mDisplay);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We can't cache the data in the rule tree since if a more specific
|
|
|
|
// rule has 'float: none' we'll end up with the wrong 'display'
|
|
|
|
// property.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
} else if (nsCSSPseudoElements::firstLetter == pseudoTag) {
|
|
|
|
// a non-floating first-letter must be inline
|
|
|
|
// XXX this fix can go away once bug 103189 is fixed correctly
|
|
|
|
display->mDisplay = NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We can't cache the data in the rule tree since if a more specific
|
|
|
|
// rule has 'float: left' we'll end up with the wrong 'display'
|
|
|
|
// property.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// 2) if position is 'absolute' or 'fixed' then display must be
|
|
|
|
// block-level and float must be 'none'
|
|
|
|
if (display->IsAbsolutelyPositioned()) {
|
|
|
|
// Backup original display value for calculation of a hypothetical
|
|
|
|
// box (CSS2 10.6.4/10.6.5).
|
|
|
|
// See nsHTMLReflowState::CalculateHypotheticalBox
|
|
|
|
display->mOriginalDisplay = display->mDisplay;
|
|
|
|
EnsureBlockDisplay(display->mDisplay);
|
|
|
|
display->mFloats = NS_STYLE_FLOAT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We can't cache the data in the rule tree since if a more specific
|
|
|
|
// rule has 'position: static' we'll end up with problems with the
|
|
|
|
// 'display' and 'float' properties.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Display, display);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
display->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mDisplayData = display;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Display), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return display;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeVisibilityData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataDisplay& displayData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataDisplay&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleVisibility* visibility = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleVisibility* parentVisibility = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentVisibility = parentContext->GetStyleVisibility();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
visibility = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVisibility(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleVisibility*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentVisibility)
|
|
|
|
visibility = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVisibility(*parentVisibility);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
visibility = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVisibility(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
visibility = new (mPresContext) nsStyleVisibility(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!visibility))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentVisibility)
|
|
|
|
parentVisibility = visibility;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// direction: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mDirection.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
visibility->mDirection = displayData.mDirection.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL == visibility->mDirection)
|
|
|
|
mPresContext->SetBidiEnabled(PR_TRUE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mDirection.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
visibility->mDirection = parentVisibility->mDirection;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// visibility: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == displayData.mVisibility.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
visibility->mVisible = displayData.mVisibility.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == displayData.mVisibility.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
visibility->mVisible = parentVisibility->mVisible;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// lang: string, inherit
|
|
|
|
// this is not a real CSS property, it is a html attribute mapped to CSS struture
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_String == displayData.mLang.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!gLangService) {
|
|
|
|
CallGetService(NS_LANGUAGEATOMSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &gLangService);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (gLangService) {
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString lang;
|
|
|
|
displayData.mLang.GetStringValue(lang);
|
|
|
|
visibility->mLangGroup = gLangService->LookupLanguage(lang);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Visibility, visibility);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
visibility->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mVisibilityData = visibility;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Visibility), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return visibility;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeColorData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataColor& colorData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataColor&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleColor* color = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleColor* parentColor = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentColor = parentContext->GetStyleColor();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
color = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColor(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleColor*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentColor)
|
|
|
|
color = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColor(*parentColor);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
color = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColor(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
color = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColor(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!color))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentColor)
|
|
|
|
parentColor = color;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// color: color, string, inherit
|
|
|
|
// Special case for currentColor. According to CSS3, setting color to 'currentColor'
|
|
|
|
// should behave as if it is inherited
|
|
|
|
if (colorData.mColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer &&
|
|
|
|
colorData.mColor.GetIntValue() == NS_COLOR_CURRENTCOLOR) {
|
|
|
|
color->mColor = parentColor->mColor;
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
SetColor(colorData.mColor, parentColor->mColor, mPresContext, aContext, color->mColor,
|
|
|
|
inherited);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Color, color);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
color->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mColorData = color;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Color), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return color;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeBackgroundData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataColor& colorData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataColor&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleBackground* bg;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
bg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBackground(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleBackground*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
bg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBackground(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!bg))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground* parentBG = bg;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentBG = parentContext->GetStyleBackground();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
// save parentFlags in case bg == parentBG and we clobber them later
|
|
|
|
PRUint8 parentFlags = parentBG->mBackgroundFlags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-color: color, string, enum (flags), inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackColor.GetUnit()) { // do inherit first, so SetColor doesn't do it
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundColor = parentBG->mBackgroundColor;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_COLOR_TRANSPARENT;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= (parentFlags & NS_STYLE_BG_COLOR_TRANSPARENT);
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (SetColor(colorData.mBackColor, parentBG->mBackgroundColor,
|
|
|
|
mPresContext, aContext, bg->mBackgroundColor, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_COLOR_TRANSPARENT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
//bg->mBackgroundColor = parentBG->mBackgroundColor; XXXwdh crap crap crap!
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_COLOR_TRANSPARENT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-image: url (stored as image), none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Image == colorData.mBackImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundImage = colorData.mBackImage.GetImageValue();
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_IMAGE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == colorData.mBackImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundImage = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_IMAGE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundImage = parentBG->mBackgroundImage;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_IMAGE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= (parentFlags & NS_STYLE_BG_IMAGE_NONE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-repeat: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackRepeat.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundRepeat = colorData.mBackRepeat.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackRepeat.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundRepeat = parentBG->mBackgroundRepeat;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-attachment: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackAttachment.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundAttachment = colorData.mBackAttachment.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackAttachment.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundAttachment = parentBG->mBackgroundAttachment;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-clip: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackClip.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundClip = colorData.mBackClip.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackClip.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundClip = parentBG->mBackgroundClip;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == colorData.mBackClip.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundClip = NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-inline-policy: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackInlinePolicy.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundInlinePolicy = colorData.mBackInlinePolicy.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackInlinePolicy.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundInlinePolicy = parentBG->mBackgroundInlinePolicy;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == colorData.mBackInlinePolicy.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundInlinePolicy = NS_STYLE_BG_INLINE_POLICY_CONTINUOUS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-origin: enum, inherit, initial
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackOrigin.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundOrigin = colorData.mBackOrigin.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackOrigin.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundOrigin = parentBG->mBackgroundOrigin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == colorData.mBackOrigin.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundOrigin = NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// background-position: enum, length, percent (flags), inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Percent == colorData.mBackPositionX.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundXPosition.mFloat = colorData.mBackPositionX.GetPercentValue();
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_PERCENT;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (colorData.mBackPositionX.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundXPosition.mCoord = CalcLength(colorData.mBackPositionX, nsnull,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_PERCENT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackPositionX.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundXPosition.mFloat = (float)colorData.mBackPositionX.GetIntValue() / 100.0f;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_PERCENT;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackPositionX.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundXPosition = parentBG->mBackgroundXPosition;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~(NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_LENGTH | NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_PERCENT);
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= (parentFlags & (NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_LENGTH | NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_PERCENT));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Percent == colorData.mBackPositionY.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundYPosition.mFloat = colorData.mBackPositionY.GetPercentValue();
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_PERCENT;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (colorData.mBackPositionY.IsLengthUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundYPosition.mCoord = CalcLength(colorData.mBackPositionY, nsnull,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_PERCENT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == colorData.mBackPositionY.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundYPosition.mFloat = (float)colorData.mBackPositionY.GetIntValue() / 100.0f;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_PERCENT;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == colorData.mBackPositionY.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundYPosition = parentBG->mBackgroundYPosition;
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags &= ~(NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_LENGTH | NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_PERCENT);
|
|
|
|
bg->mBackgroundFlags |= (parentFlags & (NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_LENGTH | NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_PERCENT));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Background, bg);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
bg->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mBackgroundData = bg;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Background), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return bg;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeMarginData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataMargin& marginData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataMargin&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleMargin* margin;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
margin = new (mPresContext) nsStyleMargin(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleMargin*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
margin = new (mPresContext) nsStyleMargin();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!margin))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleMargin* parentMargin = margin;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentMargin = parentContext->GetStyleMargin();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// margin: length, percent, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord;
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
parentMargin->mMargin.Get(side, parentCoord);
|
|
|
|
if (SetCoord(marginData.mMargin.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPAH,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
margin->mMargin.Set(side, coord);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mMarginLeftLTRSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mMarginLeftRTLSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mMarginStart, marginData.mMarginEnd,
|
|
|
|
parentMargin->mMargin, margin->mMargin,
|
|
|
|
NS_SIDE_LEFT, SETCOORD_LPAH, inherited);
|
|
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mMarginRightLTRSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mMarginRightRTLSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mMarginEnd, marginData.mMarginStart,
|
|
|
|
parentMargin->mMargin, margin->mMargin,
|
|
|
|
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, SETCOORD_LPAH, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Margin, margin);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
margin->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mMarginData = margin;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Margin), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
margin->RecalcData();
|
|
|
|
return margin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeBorderData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataMargin& marginData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataMargin&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleBorder* border;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
border = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBorder(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleBorder*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
border = new (mPresContext) nsStyleBorder(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!border))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* parentBorder = border;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentBorder = parentContext->GetStyleBorder();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// border-size: length, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord;
|
|
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue &value = marginData.mBorderWidth.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(eCSSUnit_Percent != value.GetUnit(),
|
|
|
|
"Percentage borders not implemented yet "
|
|
|
|
"If implementing, make sure to fix all consumers of "
|
|
|
|
"nsStyleBorder, the IsPercentageAwareChild method, "
|
|
|
|
"the nsAbsoluteContainingBlock::FrameDependsOnContainer "
|
|
|
|
"method, the "
|
|
|
|
"nsLineLayout::IsPercentageAwareReplacedElement method "
|
|
|
|
"and probably some other places");
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THIN ||
|
|
|
|
value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM ||
|
|
|
|
value.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_THICK,
|
|
|
|
"Unexpected enum value");
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
|
|
|
|
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[value.GetIntValue()]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (SetCoord(value, coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LENGTH, aContext,
|
|
|
|
mPresContext, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
if (coord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side, coord.GetCoordValue());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(coord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Chars, "unexpected unit");
|
|
|
|
NS_WARNING("Border set in chars; we don't handle that");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side, parentBorder->GetBorderWidth(side));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderWidth(side,
|
|
|
|
(mPresContext->GetBorderWidthTable())[NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// border-style: enum, none, inhert
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSRect& ourStyle = marginData.mBorderStyle;
|
|
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue &value = ourStyle.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
|
|
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = value.GetUnit();
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == unit) {
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderStyle(side, value.GetIntValue());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == unit || eCSSUnit_Initial == unit) {
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderStyle(side, NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderStyle(side, parentBorder->GetBorderStyle(side));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// border-colors: color, string, enum
|
|
|
|
nscolor borderColor;
|
|
|
|
nscolor unused = NS_RGB(0,0,0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueList* list =
|
|
|
|
marginData.mBorderColors.*(nsCSSValueListRect::sides[side]);
|
|
|
|
if (list) {
|
|
|
|
// Some composite border color information has been specified for this
|
|
|
|
// border side.
|
|
|
|
border->EnsureBorderColors();
|
|
|
|
border->ClearBorderColors(side);
|
|
|
|
while (list) {
|
|
|
|
if (SetColor(list->mValue, unused, mPresContext, aContext, borderColor, inherited))
|
|
|
|
border->AppendBorderColor(side, borderColor, PR_FALSE);
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == list->mValue.GetUnit() &&
|
|
|
|
NS_STYLE_COLOR_TRANSPARENT == list->mValue.GetIntValue())
|
|
|
|
border->AppendBorderColor(side, nsnull, PR_TRUE);
|
|
|
|
list = list->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// border-color: color, string, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSRect& ourBorderColor = marginData.mBorderColor;
|
|
|
|
PRBool transparent;
|
|
|
|
PRBool foreground;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue &value = ourBorderColor.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]);
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
parentBorder->GetBorderColor(side, borderColor,
|
|
|
|
transparent, foreground);
|
|
|
|
if (transparent)
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderTransparent(side);
|
|
|
|
else if (foreground) {
|
|
|
|
// We want to inherit the color from the parent, not use the
|
|
|
|
// color on the element where this chunk of style data will be
|
|
|
|
// used. We can ensure that the data for the parent are fully
|
|
|
|
// computed (unlike for the element where this will be used, for
|
|
|
|
// which the color could be specified on a more specific rule).
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderColor(side, parentContext->GetStyleColor()->mColor);
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderColor(side, borderColor);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// We're the root
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (SetColor(value, unused, mPresContext, aContext, borderColor, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderColor(side, borderColor);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
switch (value.GetIntValue()) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_COLOR_TRANSPARENT:
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderTransparent(side);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR:
|
|
|
|
border->SetBorderToForeground(side);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// -moz-border-radius: length, percent, inherit
|
|
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
parentBorder->mBorderRadius.Get(side, parentCoord);
|
|
|
|
if (SetCoord(marginData.mBorderRadius.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]), coord,
|
|
|
|
parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPH, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
|
|
inherited))
|
|
|
|
border->mBorderRadius.Set(side, coord);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// float-edge: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == marginData.mFloatEdge.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
border->mFloatEdge = marginData.mFloatEdge.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == marginData.mFloatEdge.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
border->mFloatEdge = parentBorder->mFloatEdge;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Border, border);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
border->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mBorderData = border;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Border), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return border;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputePaddingData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataMargin& marginData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataMargin&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStylePadding* padding;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
padding = new (mPresContext) nsStylePadding(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStylePadding*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
padding = new (mPresContext) nsStylePadding();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!padding))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePadding* parentPadding = padding;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentPadding = parentContext->GetStylePadding();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// padding: length, percent, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord;
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
parentPadding->mPadding.Get(side, parentCoord);
|
|
|
|
if (SetCoord(marginData.mPadding.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPH,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
padding->mPadding.Set(side, coord);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mPaddingLeftLTRSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mPaddingLeftRTLSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mPaddingStart, marginData.mPaddingEnd,
|
|
|
|
parentPadding->mPadding, padding->mPadding,
|
|
|
|
NS_SIDE_LEFT, SETCOORD_LPH, inherited);
|
|
|
|
AdjustLogicalBoxProp(aContext,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mPaddingRightLTRSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mPaddingRightRTLSource,
|
|
|
|
marginData.mPaddingEnd, marginData.mPaddingStart,
|
|
|
|
parentPadding->mPadding, padding->mPadding,
|
|
|
|
NS_SIDE_RIGHT, SETCOORD_LPH, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Padding, padding);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
delete padding;
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mPaddingData = padding;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Padding), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
padding->RecalcData();
|
|
|
|
return padding;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeOutlineData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataMargin& marginData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataMargin&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleOutline* outline;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
outline = new (mPresContext) nsStyleOutline(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleOutline*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
outline = new (mPresContext) nsStyleOutline(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!outline))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleOutline* parentOutline = outline;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentOutline = parentContext->GetStyleOutline();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// outline-width: length, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(marginData.mOutlineWidth, outline->mOutlineWidth, parentOutline->mOutlineWidth,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LEH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// outline-offset: length, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(marginData.mOutlineOffset, outline->mOutlineOffset, parentOutline->mOutlineOffset,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// outline-color: color, string, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
nscolor outlineColor;
|
|
|
|
nscolor unused = NS_RGB(0,0,0);
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == marginData.mOutlineColor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentOutline->GetOutlineColor(outlineColor))
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineColor(outlineColor);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineInvert();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (SetColor(marginData.mOutlineColor, unused, mPresContext, aContext, outlineColor, inherited))
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineColor(outlineColor);
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == marginData.mOutlineColor.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineInvert();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// -moz-outline-radius: length, percent, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord;
|
|
|
|
{ // scope for compilers with broken |for| loop scoping
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
parentOutline->mOutlineRadius.Get(side, parentCoord);
|
|
|
|
if (SetCoord(marginData.mOutlineRadius.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]), coord,
|
|
|
|
parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPH, aContext, mPresContext,
|
|
|
|
inherited))
|
|
|
|
outline->mOutlineRadius.Set(side, coord);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// outline-style: auto, enum, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == marginData.mOutlineStyle.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineStyle(marginData.mOutlineStyle.GetIntValue());
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == marginData.mOutlineStyle.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineStyle(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE);
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == marginData.mOutlineStyle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineStyle(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_AUTO);
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == marginData.mOutlineStyle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
outline->SetOutlineStyle(parentOutline->GetOutlineStyle());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Outline, outline);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
outline->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mOutlineData = outline;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Outline), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outline->RecalcData(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return outline;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeListData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataList& listData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataList&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleList* list = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleList* parentList = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentList = parentContext->GetStyleList();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
list = new (mPresContext) nsStyleList(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleList*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentList)
|
|
|
|
list = new (mPresContext) nsStyleList(*parentList);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
list = new (mPresContext) nsStyleList();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
list = new (mPresContext) nsStyleList();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!list))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentList)
|
|
|
|
parentList = list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// list-style-type: enum, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == listData.mType.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
list->mListStyleType = listData.mType.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == listData.mType.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
list->mListStyleType = NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == listData.mType.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
list->mListStyleType = parentList->mListStyleType;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// list-style-image: url, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Image == listData.mImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
list->mListStyleImage = listData.mImage.GetImageValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == listData.mImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
list->mListStyleImage = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == listData.mImage.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
list->mListStyleImage = parentList->mListStyleImage;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// list-style-position: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == listData.mPosition.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
list->mListStylePosition = listData.mPosition.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == listData.mPosition.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
list->mListStylePosition = parentList->mListStylePosition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// image region property: length, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == listData.mImageRegion.mTop.GetUnit()) { // if one is inherit, they all are
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion = parentList->mImageRegion;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mTop.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.y = 0;
|
|
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mTop.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.y = CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mTop, nsnull, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mBottom.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.height = 0;
|
|
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mBottom.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.height = CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mBottom, nsnull, aContext,
|
|
|
|
mPresContext, inherited) - list->mImageRegion.y;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mLeft.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.x = 0;
|
|
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mLeft.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.x = CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mLeft, nsnull, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == listData.mImageRegion.mRight.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.width = 0;
|
|
|
|
else if (listData.mImageRegion.mRight.IsLengthUnit())
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.width = CalcLength(listData.mImageRegion.mRight, nsnull, aContext, mPresContext, inherited) -
|
|
|
|
list->mImageRegion.x;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_List, list);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
list->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mListData = list;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(List), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return list;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputePositionData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataPosition& posData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataPosition&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStylePosition* pos;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
pos = new (mPresContext) nsStylePosition(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStylePosition*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pos = new (mPresContext) nsStylePosition();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!pos))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePosition* parentPos = pos;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentPos = parentContext->GetStylePosition();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box offsets: length, percent, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord coord;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleCoord parentCoord;
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
|
|
parentPos->mOffset.Get(side, parentCoord);
|
|
|
|
if (SetCoord(posData.mOffset.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
|
|
|
|
coord, parentCoord, SETCOORD_LPAH,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
pos->mOffset.Set(side, coord);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (posData.mWidth.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Proportional)
|
|
|
|
pos->mWidth.SetIntValue((PRInt32)(posData.mWidth.GetFloatValue()), eStyleUnit_Proportional);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mWidth, pos->mWidth, parentPos->mWidth,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPAH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mMinWidth, pos->mMinWidth, parentPos->mMinWidth,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
if (! SetCoord(posData.mMaxWidth, pos->mMaxWidth, parentPos->mMaxWidth,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_None == posData.mMaxWidth.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
pos->mMaxWidth.Reset();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mHeight, pos->mHeight, parentPos->mHeight,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPAH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(posData.mMinHeight, pos->mMinHeight, parentPos->mMinHeight,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
if (! SetCoord(posData.mMaxHeight, pos->mMaxHeight, parentPos->mMaxHeight,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH, aContext, mPresContext, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_None == posData.mMaxHeight.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
pos->mMaxHeight.Reset();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box-sizing: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == posData.mBoxSizing.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
pos->mBoxSizing = posData.mBoxSizing.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == posData.mBoxSizing.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
pos->mBoxSizing = parentPos->mBoxSizing;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// z-index
|
|
|
|
if (! SetCoord(posData.mZIndex, pos->mZIndex, parentPos->mZIndex,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_IA, aContext, nsnull, inherited)) {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == posData.mZIndex.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
// handle inherit, because it's ok to inherit 'auto' here
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
pos->mZIndex = parentPos->mZIndex;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Position, pos);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
pos->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mPositionData = pos;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Position), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return pos;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTableData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataTable& tableData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataTable&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleTable* table;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTable(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleTable*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTable();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!table)
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleTable* parentTable = table;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentTable = parentContext->GetStyleTable();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// table-layout: auto, enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mLayout.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
table->mLayoutStrategy = tableData.mLayout.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == tableData.mLayout.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
table->mLayoutStrategy = NS_STYLE_TABLE_LAYOUT_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == tableData.mLayout.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
table->mLayoutStrategy = parentTable->mLayoutStrategy;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// rules: enum (not a real CSS prop)
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mRules.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
table->mRules = tableData.mRules.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// frame: enum (not a real CSS prop)
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mFrame.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
table->mFrame = tableData.mFrame.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// cols: enum, int (not a real CSS prop)
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mCols.GetUnit() ||
|
|
|
|
eCSSUnit_Integer == tableData.mCols.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
table->mCols = tableData.mCols.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// span: pixels (not a real CSS prop)
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mSpan.GetUnit() ||
|
|
|
|
eCSSUnit_Integer == tableData.mSpan.GetUnit())
|
|
|
|
table->mSpan = tableData.mSpan.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Table, table);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
table->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mTableData = table;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Table), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return table;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeTableBorderData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataTable& tableData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataTable&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleTableBorder* table = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleTableBorder* parentTable = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentTable = parentContext->GetStyleTableBorder();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTableBorder(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleTableBorder*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentTable)
|
|
|
|
table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTableBorder(*parentTable);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTableBorder(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
table = new (mPresContext) nsStyleTableBorder(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!table))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentTable)
|
|
|
|
parentTable = table;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// border-collapse: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mBorderCollapse.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
table->mBorderCollapse = tableData.mBorderCollapse.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == tableData.mBorderCollapse.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
table->mBorderCollapse = parentTable->mBorderCollapse;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// border-spacing-x: length, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(tableData.mBorderSpacing.mXValue, table->mBorderSpacingX,
|
|
|
|
parentTable->mBorderSpacingX, SETCOORD_LH,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
// border-spacing-y: length, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(tableData.mBorderSpacing.mYValue, table->mBorderSpacingY,
|
|
|
|
parentTable->mBorderSpacingY, SETCOORD_LH,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// caption-side: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mCaptionSide.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
table->mCaptionSide = tableData.mCaptionSide.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == tableData.mCaptionSide.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
table->mCaptionSide = parentTable->mCaptionSide;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// empty-cells: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == tableData.mEmptyCells.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
table->mEmptyCells = tableData.mEmptyCells.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == tableData.mEmptyCells.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
table->mEmptyCells = parentTable->mEmptyCells;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_TableBorder, table);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
table->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mTableBorderData = table;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(TableBorder), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return table;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeContentData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataContent& contentData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataContent&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContent* content;
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
content = new (mPresContext) nsStyleContent(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleContent*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
content = new (mPresContext) nsStyleContent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!content))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleContent* parentContent = content;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentContent = parentContext->GetStyleContent();
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-24 11:05:39 +02:00
|
|
|
// content: [string, url, counter, attr, enum]+, normal, none, inherit
|
2015-10-21 05:03:22 +02:00
|
|
|
PRUint32 count;
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString buffer;
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueList* contentValue = contentData.mContent;
|
|
|
|
if (contentValue) {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Normal == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit() ||
|
2016-06-24 11:05:39 +02:00
|
|
|
eCSSUnit_None == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit() ||
|
2015-10-21 05:03:22 +02:00
|
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
2016-06-24 11:05:39 +02:00
|
|
|
// "normal", "none", and "initial" all mean no content
|
2015-10-21 05:03:22 +02:00
|
|
|
content->AllocateContents(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == contentValue->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
count = parentContent->ContentCount();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateContents(count))) {
|
|
|
|
while (0 < count--) {
|
|
|
|
content->ContentAt(count) = parentContent->ContentAt(count);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (contentValue) {
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
contentValue = contentValue->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateContents(count))) {
|
|
|
|
const nsAutoString nullStr;
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
contentValue = contentData.mContent;
|
|
|
|
while (contentValue) {
|
|
|
|
const nsCSSValue& value = contentValue->mValue;
|
|
|
|
nsCSSUnit unit = value.GetUnit();
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContentType type;
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContentData &data = content->ContentAt(count++);
|
|
|
|
switch (unit) {
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_String: type = eStyleContentType_String; break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Image: type = eStyleContentType_Image; break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Attr: type = eStyleContentType_Attr; break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Counter: type = eStyleContentType_Counter; break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Counters: type = eStyleContentType_Counters; break;
|
|
|
|
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated:
|
|
|
|
switch (value.GetIntValue()) {
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_OPEN_QUOTE:
|
|
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_OpenQuote; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_CLOSE_QUOTE:
|
|
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_CloseQuote; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_OPEN_QUOTE:
|
|
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_NoOpenQuote; break;
|
|
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_CLOSE_QUOTE:
|
|
|
|
type = eStyleContentType_NoCloseQuote; break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("bad content value");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
NS_ERROR("bad content type");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
data.mType = type;
|
|
|
|
if (type == eStyleContentType_Image) {
|
|
|
|
data.mContent.mImage = value.GetImageValue();
|
|
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(data.mContent.mImage);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (type <= eStyleContentType_Attr) {
|
|
|
|
value.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
|
|
Unquote(buffer);
|
|
|
|
data.mContent.mString = nsCRT::strdup(buffer.get());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (type <= eStyleContentType_Counters) {
|
|
|
|
data.mContent.mCounters = value.GetArrayValue();
|
|
|
|
data.mContent.mCounters->AddRef();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
data.mContent.mString = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
contentValue = contentValue->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// counter-increment: [string [int]]+, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsCSSCounterData* ourIncrement = contentData.mCounterIncrement;
|
|
|
|
if (ourIncrement) {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_None == ourIncrement->mCounter.GetUnit() ||
|
|
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == ourIncrement->mCounter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
content->AllocateCounterIncrements(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == ourIncrement->mCounter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
count = parentContent->CounterIncrementCount();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterIncrements(count))) {
|
|
|
|
while (0 < count--) {
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCounterData *data =
|
|
|
|
parentContent->GetCounterIncrementAt(count);
|
|
|
|
content->SetCounterIncrementAt(count, data->mCounter, data->mValue);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_String == ourIncrement->mCounter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (ourIncrement) {
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
ourIncrement = ourIncrement->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterIncrements(count))) {
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
ourIncrement = contentData.mCounterIncrement;
|
|
|
|
while (ourIncrement) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 increment;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == ourIncrement->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
increment = ourIncrement->mValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
increment = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ourIncrement->mCounter.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
|
|
content->SetCounterIncrementAt(count++, buffer, increment);
|
|
|
|
ourIncrement = ourIncrement->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// counter-reset: [string [int]]+, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsCSSCounterData* ourReset = contentData.mCounterReset;
|
|
|
|
if (ourReset) {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_None == ourReset->mCounter.GetUnit() ||
|
|
|
|
eCSSUnit_Initial == ourReset->mCounter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
content->AllocateCounterResets(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == ourReset->mCounter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
count = parentContent->CounterResetCount();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterResets(count))) {
|
|
|
|
while (0 < count--) {
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCounterData *data =
|
|
|
|
parentContent->GetCounterResetAt(count);
|
|
|
|
content->SetCounterResetAt(count, data->mCounter, data->mValue);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_String == ourReset->mCounter.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (ourReset) {
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
ourReset = ourReset->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(content->AllocateCounterResets(count))) {
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
ourReset = contentData.mCounterReset;
|
|
|
|
while (ourReset) {
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 reset;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == ourReset->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
reset = ourReset->mValue.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
reset = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ourReset->mCounter.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
|
|
content->SetCounterResetAt(count++, buffer, reset);
|
|
|
|
ourReset = ourReset->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// marker-offset: length, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(contentData.mMarkerOffset, content->mMarkerOffset, parentContent->mMarkerOffset,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LH | SETCOORD_AUTO, aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Content, content);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
content->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mContentData = content;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Content), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return content;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeQuotesData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataContent& contentData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataContent&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleQuotes* quotes = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleQuotes* parentQuotes = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentQuotes = parentContext->GetStyleQuotes();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
quotes = new (mPresContext) nsStyleQuotes(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleQuotes*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentQuotes)
|
|
|
|
quotes = new (mPresContext) nsStyleQuotes(*parentQuotes);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
quotes = new (mPresContext) nsStyleQuotes();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
quotes = new (mPresContext) nsStyleQuotes();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!quotes))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentQuotes)
|
|
|
|
parentQuotes = quotes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// quotes: [string string]+, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 count;
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString buffer;
|
|
|
|
nsCSSQuotes* ourQuotes = contentData.mQuotes;
|
|
|
|
if (ourQuotes) {
|
|
|
|
nsAutoString closeBuffer;
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == ourQuotes->mOpen.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
count = parentQuotes->QuotesCount();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(quotes->AllocateQuotes(count))) {
|
|
|
|
while (0 < count--) {
|
|
|
|
parentQuotes->GetQuotesAt(count, buffer, closeBuffer);
|
|
|
|
quotes->SetQuotesAt(count, buffer, closeBuffer);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_None == ourQuotes->mOpen.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
quotes->AllocateQuotes(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_String == ourQuotes->mOpen.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (ourQuotes) {
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
|
|
ourQuotes = ourQuotes->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(quotes->AllocateQuotes(count))) {
|
|
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
ourQuotes = contentData.mQuotes;
|
|
|
|
while (ourQuotes) {
|
|
|
|
ourQuotes->mOpen.GetStringValue(buffer);
|
|
|
|
ourQuotes->mClose.GetStringValue(closeBuffer);
|
|
|
|
Unquote(buffer);
|
|
|
|
Unquote(closeBuffer);
|
|
|
|
quotes->SetQuotesAt(count++, buffer, closeBuffer);
|
|
|
|
ourQuotes = ourQuotes->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Quotes, quotes);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
quotes->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mQuotesData = quotes;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Quotes), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return quotes;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeXULData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataXUL& xulData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataXUL&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleXUL* xul = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
xul = new (mPresContext) nsStyleXUL(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleXUL*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
xul = new (mPresContext) nsStyleXUL();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!xul))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleXUL* parentXUL = xul;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentXUL = parentContext->GetStyleXUL();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box-align: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xulData.mBoxAlign.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxAlign = xulData.mBoxAlign.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xulData.mBoxAlign.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxAlign = parentXUL->mBoxAlign;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box-direction: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xulData.mBoxDirection.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxDirection = xulData.mBoxDirection.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xulData.mBoxDirection.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxDirection = parentXUL->mBoxDirection;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box-flex: factor, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Number == xulData.mBoxFlex.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxFlex = xulData.mBoxFlex.GetFloatValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xulData.mBoxOrient.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxFlex = parentXUL->mBoxFlex;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box-orient: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xulData.mBoxOrient.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxOrient = xulData.mBoxOrient.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xulData.mBoxOrient.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxOrient = parentXUL->mBoxOrient;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box-pack: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xulData.mBoxPack.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxPack = xulData.mBoxPack.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xulData.mBoxPack.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxPack = parentXUL->mBoxPack;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// box-ordinal-group: integer
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == xulData.mBoxOrdinal.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
xul->mBoxOrdinal = xulData.mBoxOrdinal.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_XUL, xul);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
xul->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mXULData = xul;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(XUL), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return xul;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeColumnData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataColumn& columnData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataColumn&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleColumn* column = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
column = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColumn(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleColumn*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
column = new (mPresContext) nsStyleColumn();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!column))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleColumn* parent = column;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parent = parentContext->GetStyleColumn();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// column-width: length, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(columnData.mColumnWidth,
|
|
|
|
column->mColumnWidth, parent->mColumnWidth, SETCOORD_LAH,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// column-gap: length, percentage, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(columnData.mColumnGap,
|
|
|
|
column->mColumnGap, parent->mColumnGap, SETCOORD_LPH,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// column-count: auto, integer, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Auto == columnData.mColumnCount.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
column->mColumnCount = NS_STYLE_COLUMN_COUNT_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Integer == columnData.mColumnCount.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
column->mColumnCount = columnData.mColumnCount.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
// Max 1000 columns - wallpaper for bug 345583.
|
|
|
|
column->mColumnCount = PR_MIN(column->mColumnCount, 1000);
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == columnData.mColumnCount.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
column->mColumnCount = parent->mColumnCount;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_Column, column);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
column->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mColumnData = column;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(Column), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return column;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_SVG
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
SetSVGPaint(const nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsStyleSVGPaint& parentPaint,
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsStyleContext *aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleSVGPaint& aResult, PRBool& aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
|
|
|
|
aResult = parentPaint;
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
|
|
|
|
aResult.mType = eStyleSVGPaintType_None;
|
|
|
|
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_URL) {
|
|
|
|
aResult.mType = eStyleSVGPaintType_Server;
|
|
|
|
aResult.mPaint.mPaintServer = aValue.GetURLValue();
|
|
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(aResult.mPaint.mPaintServer);
|
|
|
|
} else if (SetColor(aValue, parentPaint.mPaint.mColor, aPresContext, aContext, aResult.mPaint.mColor, aInherited)) {
|
|
|
|
aResult.mType = eStyleSVGPaintType_Color;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
SetSVGOpacity(const nsCSSValue& aValue, float parentOpacity, float& opacity, PRBool& aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit) {
|
|
|
|
opacity = parentOpacity;
|
|
|
|
aInherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) {
|
|
|
|
opacity = aValue.GetFloatValue();
|
|
|
|
opacity = PR_MAX(opacity, 0.0f);
|
|
|
|
opacity = PR_MIN(opacity, 1.0f);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeSVGData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataSVG& SVGData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataSVG&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleSVG* svg = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleSVG* parentSVG = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset)
|
|
|
|
parentSVG = parentContext->GetStyleSVG();
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
svg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVG(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleSVG*, aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// XXXldb What about eRuleFullInherited? Which path is faster?
|
|
|
|
if (aRuleDetail != eRuleFullMixed && aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset) {
|
|
|
|
// No question. We will have to inherit. Go ahead and init
|
|
|
|
// with inherited vals from parent.
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (parentSVG)
|
|
|
|
svg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVG(*parentSVG);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
svg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVG();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
svg = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVG();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!svg))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
if (!parentSVG)
|
|
|
|
parentSVG = svg;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// clip-rule: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mClipRule.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mClipRule = SVGData.mClipRule.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mClipRule.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mClipRule = parentSVG->mClipRule;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// fill:
|
|
|
|
SetSVGPaint(SVGData.mFill, parentSVG->mFill, mPresContext, aContext, svg->mFill, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// fill-opacity:
|
|
|
|
SetSVGOpacity(SVGData.mFillOpacity, parentSVG->mFillOpacity, svg->mFillOpacity, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// fill-rule: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mFillRule.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mFillRule = SVGData.mFillRule.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mFillRule.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mFillRule = parentSVG->mFillRule;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// marker-end: url, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerEnd = SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetURLValue();
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerEnd = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mMarkerEnd.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerEnd = parentSVG->mMarkerEnd;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// marker-mid: url, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerMid = SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetURLValue();
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerMid = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mMarkerMid.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerMid = parentSVG->mMarkerMid;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// marker-start: url, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerStart = SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetURLValue();
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerStart = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mMarkerStart.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mMarkerStart = parentSVG->mMarkerStart;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// pointer-events: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mPointerEvents.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mPointerEvents = SVGData.mPointerEvents.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mPointerEvents.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mPointerEvents = NS_STYLE_POINTER_EVENTS_NONE;
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mPointerEvents.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mPointerEvents = parentSVG->mPointerEvents;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// shape-rendering: enum, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mShapeRendering.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mShapeRendering = SVGData.mShapeRendering.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == SVGData.mShapeRendering.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mShapeRendering = NS_STYLE_SHAPE_RENDERING_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mShapeRendering.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mShapeRendering = parentSVG->mShapeRendering;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke:
|
|
|
|
SetSVGPaint(SVGData.mStroke, parentSVG->mStroke, mPresContext, aContext, svg->mStroke, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke-dasharray: <dasharray>, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueList *list = SVGData.mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
|
|
if (list) {
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
// only do the copy if weren't already set up by the copy constructor
|
|
|
|
if (!svg->mStrokeDasharray) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = parentSVG->mStrokeDasharrayLength;
|
|
|
|
if (svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray = new nsStyleCoord[svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength];
|
|
|
|
if (svg->mStrokeDasharray)
|
|
|
|
memcpy(svg->mStrokeDasharray,
|
|
|
|
parentSVG->mStrokeDasharray,
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength * sizeof(float));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
delete [] svg->mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Initial != list->mValue.GetUnit() &&
|
|
|
|
eCSSUnit_None != list->mValue.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
// count number of values
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueList *value = SVGData.mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
|
|
while (nsnull != value) {
|
|
|
|
++svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength;
|
|
|
|
value = value->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength != 0, "no dasharray items");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray = new nsStyleCoord[svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (svg->mStrokeDasharray) {
|
|
|
|
value = SVGData.mStrokeDasharray;
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (nsnull != value) {
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(value->mValue,
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharray[i++], nsnull,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LP | SETCOORD_FACTOR,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
value = value->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDasharrayLength = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke-dashoffset: <dashoffset>, inherit
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(SVGData.mStrokeDashoffset,
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeDashoffset, parentSVG->mStrokeDashoffset,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_FACTOR,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke-linecap: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mStrokeLinecap.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeLinecap = SVGData.mStrokeLinecap.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mStrokeLinecap.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeLinecap = parentSVG->mStrokeLinecap;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke-linejoin: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mStrokeLinejoin.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeLinejoin = SVGData.mStrokeLinejoin.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mStrokeLinejoin.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeLinejoin = parentSVG->mStrokeLinejoin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke-miterlimit: <miterlimit>, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Number == SVGData.mStrokeMiterlimit.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeMiterlimit = SVGData.mStrokeMiterlimit.GetFloatValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mStrokeMiterlimit.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeMiterlimit = parentSVG->mStrokeMiterlimit;
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke-opacity:
|
|
|
|
SetSVGOpacity(SVGData.mStrokeOpacity, parentSVG->mStrokeOpacity, svg->mStrokeOpacity, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stroke-width:
|
|
|
|
SetCoord(SVGData.mStrokeWidth,
|
|
|
|
svg->mStrokeWidth, parentSVG->mStrokeWidth,
|
|
|
|
SETCOORD_LPH | SETCOORD_FACTOR,
|
|
|
|
aContext, mPresContext, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// text-anchor: enum, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mTextAnchor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mTextAnchor = SVGData.mTextAnchor.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mTextAnchor.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mTextAnchor = parentSVG->mTextAnchor;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// text-rendering: enum, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mTextRendering.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mTextRendering = SVGData.mTextRendering.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == SVGData.mTextRendering.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svg->mTextRendering = NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mTextRendering.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svg->mTextRendering = parentSVG->mTextRendering;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVG, svg);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData = new (mPresContext) nsInheritedStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData)) {
|
|
|
|
svg->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mInheritedData->mSVGData = svg;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(SVG), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return svg;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeSVGResetData(nsStyleStruct* aStartStruct,
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataStruct& aData,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode* aHighestNode,
|
|
|
|
const RuleDetail& aRuleDetail, PRBool aInherited)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentContext = aContext->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsRuleDataSVG& SVGData = NS_STATIC_CAST(const nsRuleDataSVG&, aData);
|
|
|
|
nsStyleSVGReset* svgReset;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (aStartStruct)
|
|
|
|
// We only need to compute the delta between this computed data and our
|
|
|
|
// computed data.
|
|
|
|
svgReset = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVGReset(*NS_STATIC_CAST(nsStyleSVGReset*,aStartStruct));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
svgReset = new (mPresContext) nsStyleSVGReset();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!svgReset)) {
|
|
|
|
return nsnull; // Out Of Memory
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleSVGReset* parentSVGReset = svgReset;
|
|
|
|
if (parentContext &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleFullReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRulePartialReset &&
|
|
|
|
aRuleDetail != eRuleNone)
|
|
|
|
parentSVGReset = parentContext->GetStyleSVGReset();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRBool inherited = aInherited;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stop-color:
|
|
|
|
SetSVGPaint(SVGData.mStopColor, parentSVGReset->mStopColor,
|
|
|
|
mPresContext, aContext, svgReset->mStopColor, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// clip-path: url, none, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_URL == SVGData.mClipPath.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svgReset->mClipPath = SVGData.mClipPath.GetURLValue();
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_None == SVGData.mClipPath.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svgReset->mClipPath = nsnull;
|
|
|
|
} else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mClipPath.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svgReset->mClipPath = parentSVGReset->mClipPath;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// stop-opacity:
|
|
|
|
SetSVGOpacity(SVGData.mStopOpacity, parentSVGReset->mStopOpacity,
|
|
|
|
svgReset->mStopOpacity, inherited);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// dominant-baseline: enum, auto, inherit
|
|
|
|
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == SVGData.mDominantBaseline.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svgReset->mDominantBaseline = SVGData.mDominantBaseline.GetIntValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Auto == SVGData.mDominantBaseline.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
svgReset->mDominantBaseline = NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_AUTO;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == SVGData.mDominantBaseline.GetUnit()) {
|
|
|
|
inherited = PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
svgReset->mDominantBaseline = parentSVGReset->mDominantBaseline;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inherited)
|
|
|
|
// We inherited, and therefore can't be cached in the rule node. We have to be put right on the
|
|
|
|
// style context.
|
|
|
|
aContext->SetStyle(eStyleStruct_SVGReset, svgReset);
|
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
// We were fully specified and can therefore be cached right on the rule node.
|
|
|
|
if (!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData) {
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData = new (mPresContext) nsResetStyleData;
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData)) {
|
|
|
|
svgReset->Destroy(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aHighestNode->mStyleData.mResetData->mSVGResetData = svgReset;
|
|
|
|
// Propagate the bit down.
|
|
|
|
PropagateDependentBit(NS_STYLE_INHERIT_BIT(SVGReset), aHighestNode);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return svgReset;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetParentData(const nsStyleStructID aSID)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(mDependentBits & nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID),
|
|
|
|
"should be called when node depends on parent data");
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID) == nsnull,
|
|
|
|
"both struct and dependent bits present");
|
|
|
|
// Walk up the rule tree from this rule node (towards less specific
|
|
|
|
// rules).
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 bit = nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID);
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode *ruleNode = mParent;
|
|
|
|
while (ruleNode->mDependentBits & bit) {
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID) == nsnull,
|
|
|
|
"both struct and dependent bits present");
|
|
|
|
ruleNode = ruleNode->mParent;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ruleNode->mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct*
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::GetStyleData(nsStyleStructID aSID,
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* aContext,
|
|
|
|
PRBool aComputeData)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleStruct *data;
|
|
|
|
if (mDependentBits & nsCachedStyleData::GetBitForSID(aSID)) {
|
|
|
|
// We depend on an ancestor for this struct since the cached struct
|
|
|
|
// it has is also appropriate for this rule node. Just go up the
|
|
|
|
// rule tree and return the first cached struct we find.
|
|
|
|
data = GetParentData(aSID);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(data, "dependent bits set but no cached struct present");
|
|
|
|
return data;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
data = mStyleData.GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(data != nsnull))
|
|
|
|
return data; // We have a fully specified struct. Just return it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_UNLIKELY(!aComputeData))
|
|
|
|
return nsnull;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Nothing is cached. We'll have to delve further and examine our rules.
|
|
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT_TEST aSID
|
|
|
|
#define STYLE_STRUCT(name, checkdata_cb, ctor_args) \
|
|
|
|
data = Get##name##Data(aContext);
|
|
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructList.h"
|
|
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT
|
|
|
|
#undef STYLE_STRUCT_TEST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NS_LIKELY(data != nsnull))
|
|
|
|
return data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("could not create style struct");
|
|
|
|
// To ensure that |GetStyleData| never returns null (even when we're
|
|
|
|
// out of memory), we'll get the style set and get a copy of the
|
|
|
|
// default values for the given style struct from the set. Note that
|
|
|
|
// this works fine even if |this| is a rule node that has been
|
|
|
|
// destroyed (leftover from a previous rule tree) but is somehow still
|
|
|
|
// used.
|
|
|
|
return mPresContext->PresShell()->StyleSet()->
|
|
|
|
DefaultStyleData()->GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::Mark()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (nsRuleNode *node = this;
|
|
|
|
node && !(node->mDependentBits & NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK);
|
|
|
|
node = node->mParent)
|
|
|
|
node->mDependentBits |= NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PLDHashOperator)
|
|
|
|
SweepRuleNodeChildren(PLDHashTable *table, PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 number, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ChildrenHashEntry *entry = NS_STATIC_CAST(ChildrenHashEntry*, hdr);
|
|
|
|
if (entry->mRuleNode->Sweep())
|
|
|
|
return PL_DHASH_REMOVE; // implies NEXT, unless |ed with STOP
|
|
|
|
return PL_DHASH_NEXT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRBool
|
|
|
|
nsRuleNode::Sweep()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// If we're not marked, then we have to delete ourself.
|
|
|
|
// However, we never allow the root node to GC itself, because nsStyleSet
|
|
|
|
// wants to hold onto the root node and not worry about re-creating a
|
|
|
|
// rule walker if the root node is deleted.
|
|
|
|
if (!(mDependentBits & NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK) && !IsRoot()) {
|
|
|
|
Destroy();
|
|
|
|
return PR_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Clear our mark, for the next time around.
|
|
|
|
mDependentBits &= ~NS_RULE_NODE_GC_MARK;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Call sweep on the children, since some may not be marked, and
|
|
|
|
// remove any deleted children from the child lists.
|
|
|
|
if (HaveChildren()) {
|
|
|
|
if (ChildrenAreHashed()) {
|
|
|
|
PLDHashTable *children = ChildrenHash();
|
|
|
|
PL_DHashTableEnumerate(children, SweepRuleNodeChildren, nsnull);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
for (nsRuleList **children = ChildrenListPtr(); *children; ) {
|
|
|
|
if ((*children)->mRuleNode->Sweep()) {
|
|
|
|
// This rule node was destroyed, so remove this entry, and
|
|
|
|
// implicitly advance by making *children point to the next
|
|
|
|
// entry.
|
|
|
|
*children = (*children)->DestroySelf(mPresContext);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Advance.
|
|
|
|
children = &(*children)->mNext;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PR_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|